diff --git a/recipes-testing/ti-wl18xx-calibrator/ti-wl18xx-calibrator/0001-FIX-port-to-OE.patch b/recipes-testing/ti-wl18xx-calibrator/ti-wl18xx-calibrator/0001-FIX-port-to-OE.patch new file mode 100644 index 0000000..28cebc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/recipes-testing/ti-wl18xx-calibrator/ti-wl18xx-calibrator/0001-FIX-port-to-OE.patch @@ -0,0 +1,7051 @@ +From d973aa1b953d08a06cd522b4891db7cfec1b4fe2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 +From: Patrick Walther +Date: Mon, 22 Nov 2021 20:04:34 +0100 +Subject: [PATCH] FIX port to OE + +--- + Makefile | 5 +- + nl80211.h | 6321 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++--- + 2 files changed, 6016 insertions(+), 310 deletions(-) + +diff --git a/Makefile b/Makefile +index 78ed271..3439637 100644 +--- a/Makefile ++++ b/Makefile +@@ -13,11 +13,10 @@ ifeq ($(NLVER),3) + CFLAGS+=-DCONFIG_LIBNL32 + LIBS += -lnl-3 -lnl-genl-3 + else +- CFLAGS+=-DCONFIG_LIBNL20 +- LIBS += -lnl -lnl-genl ++ CFLAGS += -DCONFIG_LIBNL20 + endif + +-OBJS = nvs.o misc_cmds.o calibrator.o plt.o wl18xx_plt.o ini.o ++OBJS = nvs.o plt.o misc_cmds.o wl18xx_plt.o calibrator.o ini.o + + %.o: %.c calibrator.h nl80211.h plt.h nvs_dual_band.h + $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -c -o $@ $< +diff --git a/nl80211.h b/nl80211.h +index 0096675..4f5ba93 100644 +--- a/nl80211.h ++++ b/nl80211.h +@@ -3,13 +3,15 @@ + /* + * 802.11 netlink interface public header + * +- * Copyright 2006, 2007, 2008 Johannes Berg ++ * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg + * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu + * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo +- * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch ++ * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch + * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez + * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen + * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe ++ * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH ++ * Copyright (C) 2018-2020 Intel Corporation + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any + * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above +@@ -25,8 +27,36 @@ + * + */ + ++/* ++ * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please ++ * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so ++ * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI. ++ * ++ * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in ++ * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there ++ * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are ++ * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API ++ * can actually be identified and removed. ++ * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file. ++ */ ++ + #include + ++#define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211" ++ ++#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config" ++#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan" ++#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory" ++#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme" ++#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor" ++#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan" ++#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode" ++ ++#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4 ++#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15 ++#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1 ++#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */ ++ + /** + * DOC: Station handling + * +@@ -36,7 +66,238 @@ + * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added + * to. + * +- * TODO: need more info? ++ * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's ++ * capabilities. ++ * ++ * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS ++ * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows: ++ * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate ++ * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions ++ * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid ++ * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same ++ * time mark it authorized. ++ * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used ++ * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down ++ * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK) ++ * ++ * TODO: need more info for other interface types ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support ++ * ++ * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace ++ * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames ++ * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example, ++ * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel ++ * for various reasons. ++ * ++ * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations ++ * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to ++ * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a ++ * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those ++ * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the ++ * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility ++ * for doing that. ++ * ++ * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the ++ * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy ++ * attributes so applications know what to expect. ++ * ++ * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active, ++ * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is ++ * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can ++ * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but ++ * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they ++ * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames. ++ * ++ * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required ++ * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking, ++ * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its ++ * status is indicated to the sending socket. ++ * ++ * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions ++ * below. ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities ++ * ++ * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have ++ * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this ++ * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions ++ * on the types of concurrency that are supported. ++ * ++ * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in ++ * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the ++ * types there no concurrency is implied. ++ * ++ * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed: ++ * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in ++ * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's ++ * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and ++ * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN ++ * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list ++ * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute. ++ * ++ * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is ++ * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically, ++ * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the ++ * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of ++ * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions ++ * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported ++ * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially ++ * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. ++ * ++ * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual ++ * interfaces that a given device supports. ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * DOC: packet coalesce support ++ * ++ * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast ++ * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the ++ * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing ++ * and power consumption. ++ * ++ * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts ++ * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some ++ * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the ++ * following events occur. ++ * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum ++ * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule. ++ * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit. ++ * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules. ++ * ++ * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce ++ * rule. ++ * a) Maximum coalescing delay ++ * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched ++ * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match' ++ * Multiple such rules can be created. ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload ++ * ++ * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers ++ * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 ++ * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT ++ * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers ++ * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no ++ * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does ++ * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. ++ * ++ * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be ++ * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL ++ * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to ++ * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this ++ * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is ++ * not present. ++ * ++ * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers ++ * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 ++ * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP ++ * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers ++ * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no ++ * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does ++ * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. ++ * ++ * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK ++ * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided. ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload ++ * ++ * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by ++ * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support ++ * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the ++ * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and ++ * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional ++ * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in ++ * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS. ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK ++ * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and ++ * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA. ++ * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used ++ * as specified in IETF RFC 6696. ++ * ++ * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the ++ * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting ++ * up a connection or after roaming. ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated ++ * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace ++ * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used ++ * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also. ++ * ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS ++ * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the ++ * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and ++ * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based ++ * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with ++ * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to ++ * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching. ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * DOC: SAE authentication offload ++ * ++ * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they ++ * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station ++ * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by ++ * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode. ++ * ++ * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in ++ * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode ++ * respectively. ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs ++ * ++ * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they ++ * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a ++ * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs ++ * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet ++ * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are ++ * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through ++ * that main netdev. ++ * ++ * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and ++ * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID. ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * DOC: TID configuration ++ * ++ * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG ++ * attribute given in wiphy capabilities. ++ * ++ * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in ++ * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the ++ * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG. ++ * ++ * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC ++ * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the ++ * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except ++ * any peers that have peer specific configuration for the TID by default; if ++ * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer specific values ++ * will be overwritten. ++ * ++ * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection ++ * i.e. the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back ++ * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when ++ * the interface goes down. + */ + + /** +@@ -49,9 +310,13 @@ + * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or + * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, + * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, +- * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, +- * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, +- * and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the ++ * channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel), ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. However, for setting the channel, ++ * see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward ++ * compatibility only. + * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request + * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and + * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. +@@ -59,8 +324,8 @@ + * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. + * + * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration; +- * either a dump request on a %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or a specific get +- * on an %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported. ++ * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a ++ * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported. + * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires + * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE. + * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response +@@ -84,33 +349,54 @@ + * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX + * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. + * +- * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: retrieve beacon information (returned in a +- * %NL80222_CMD_NEW_BEACON message) +- * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: set the beacon on an access point interface +- * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, +- * %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL attributes. +- * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: add a new beacon to an access point interface, +- * parameters are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON. +- * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: remove the beacon, stop sending it ++ * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used) ++ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface ++ * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL ++ * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses ++ * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE, ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP. ++ * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters ++ * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that ++ * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE, ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS. ++ * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the ++ * attributes determining channel width. ++ * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP ++ * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface ++ * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP + * + * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by + * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. + * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by + * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. + * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the +- * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. ++ * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. + * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC + * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified +- * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. ++ * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type ++ * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station ++ * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that ++ * frame). + * + * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to +- * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by +- * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. ++ * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. + * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to +- * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by +- * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. ++ * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. ++ * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP. ++ * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. + * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the +- * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. ++ * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. + * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC + * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified + * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. +@@ -118,25 +404,36 @@ + * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. + * + * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set +- * regulatory domain. ++ * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device ++ * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the ++ * global regdomain will be returned. ++ * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the ++ * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel ++ * information will still be mended according to further hints from ++ * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API ++ * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as ++ * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it). ++ * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then ++ * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory ++ * core is not used to help with compliance in this case. + * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command + * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory + * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our + * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides +- * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each +- * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by +- * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and +- * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by +- * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and +- * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP. ++ * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each ++ * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP. + * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain +- * to the the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will +- * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it. ++ * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will ++ * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it. + * +- * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS: Get mesh networking properties for the ++ * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the + * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX + * +- * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS: Set mesh networking properties for the ++ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the + * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX + * + * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The +@@ -155,42 +452,96 @@ + * + * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results + * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the ++ * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to ++ * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will ++ * be used. + * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to + * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group) + * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons, + * partial scan results may be available + * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain ++ * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is ++ * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified, ++ * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval. ++ * These attributes are mutually exculsive, ++ * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if ++ * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined. ++ * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan ++ * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet). ++ * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS) ++ * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For ++ * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty ++ * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and ++ * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, ++ * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not ++ * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain ++ * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by ++ * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the ++ * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY ++ * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled ++ * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it. ++ * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if ++ * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon ++ * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again. ++ * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan ++ * results available. ++ * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has ++ * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a ++ * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware ++ * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running ++ * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the ++ * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface ++ * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running. ++ * + * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation + * or noise level + * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to + * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group) + * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC ++ * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK ++ * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or ++ * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS ++ * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier ++ * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an ++ * ESS. ++ * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC ++ * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS ++ * authentication. ++ * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries. ++ * + * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain +- * has been changed and provides details of the request information +- * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request +- * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx +- * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if +- * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or +- * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain +- * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is +- * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on +- * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2). ++ * has been changed and provides details of the request information ++ * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request ++ * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx ++ * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if ++ * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or ++ * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain ++ * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is ++ * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on ++ * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2). + * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon +- * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or +- * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel +- * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example +- * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your +- * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while +- * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not +- * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP +- * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will +- * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always +- * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had +- * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to +- * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from +- * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred +- * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER) +- * the beacon hint was processed. ++ * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or ++ * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel ++ * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example ++ * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your ++ * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while ++ * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not ++ * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP ++ * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will ++ * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always ++ * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had ++ * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to ++ * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from ++ * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred ++ * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER) ++ * the beacon hint was processed. + * + * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification. + * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and +@@ -200,11 +551,12 @@ + * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and + * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify + * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication +- * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used +- * to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE +- * is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to +- * define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) +- * to be added to the frame. ++ * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ + ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequence of the ++ * channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the ++ * authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs ++ * (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added ++ * to the frame. + * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication + * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the + * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct +@@ -219,7 +571,11 @@ + * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like + * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation + * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request, +- * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). ++ * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the ++ * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not ++ * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is ++ * included). + * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like + * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to + * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication +@@ -255,13 +611,50 @@ + * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating + * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a + * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association +- * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, +- * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT. ++ * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT. ++ * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are ++ * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming ++ * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT ++ * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while ++ * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to ++ * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one ++ * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT). ++ * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is ++ * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user ++ * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends ++ * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g. ++ * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the ++ * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE ++ * has to get updated with the apt PMKID). ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within ++ * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with ++ * a different BSS is desired. ++ * Background scan period can optionally be ++ * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, ++ * if not specified default background scan configuration ++ * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled. ++ * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan. + * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the + * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be +- * determined by the STATUS_CODE attribute. +- * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: request that the card roam (currently not implemented), +- * sent as an event when the card/driver roamed by itself. ++ * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success, ++ * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the ++ * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate ++ * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP. ++ * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as ++ * well to remain backwards compatible. ++ * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself. ++ * When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using ++ * fast transition, this event should be followed by an ++ * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event. + * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify + * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other + * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and +@@ -270,11 +663,525 @@ + * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices + * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow. + * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified ++ * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do ++ * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for ++ * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel. ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus ++ * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the ++ * frequency for the operation. ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds ++ * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to ++ * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the ++ * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the ++ * radio). ++ * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) ++ * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request; ++ * the cookie is also used to cancel the request. ++ * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a ++ * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been ++ * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration. ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the ++ * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to ++ * uniquely identify the request. ++ * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested ++ * remain-on-channel duration has expired. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX ++ * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface ++ * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames ++ * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command ++ * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for ++ * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames) ++ * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame ++ * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or ++ * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration ++ * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink ++ * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made. ++ * The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if ++ * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which ++ * case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the ++ * flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it. ++ * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for ++ * backward compatibility ++ * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This ++ * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and ++ * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in ++ * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a ++ * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the ++ * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used ++ * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was ++ * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel ++ * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel ++ * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time ++ * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation ++ * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the ++ * TX status event pertaining to the TX request. ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the ++ * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band. ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA ++ * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute ++ * is used during CSA period. ++ * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this ++ * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait ++ * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is ++ * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel ++ * wait time. ++ * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility. ++ * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame ++ * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies ++ * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the ++ * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged ++ * the frame. ++ * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for ++ * backward compatibility. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE ++ * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command ++ * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger ++ * levels. ++ * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This ++ * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was ++ * reached. ++ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ ++ * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface ++ * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on. ++ * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism ++ * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined. ++ * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while ++ * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation ++ * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take ++ * precedence when they are used. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform ++ * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets ++ * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header) ++ * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast) ++ * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may ++ * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop ++ * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability ++ * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases. ++ * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of ++ * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces ++ * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode. ++ * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this ++ * command, the feature is disabled. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial ++ * mesh config parameters may be given. ++ * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the ++ * network is determined by the network interface. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame ++ * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected ++ * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use. ++ * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame ++ * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected ++ * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a ++ * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only ++ * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer ++ * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, ++ * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or ++ * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this ++ * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station ++ * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from ++ * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the ++ * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later ++ * depending on the authentication result. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. ++ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. ++ * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports ++ * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this ++ * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For ++ * more background information, see ++ * https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN. ++ * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification ++ * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason ++ * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present ++ * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the ++ * wakeup but reports that it was woken up. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver ++ * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This ++ * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data ++ * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and ++ * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened, ++ * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to ++ * inform userspace of the new replay counter. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace ++ * of PMKSA caching dandidates. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup). ++ * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take ++ * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one). ++ * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested ++ * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with ++ * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). ++ * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be ++ * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as ++ * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012 ++ * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently ++ * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES ++ * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in ++ * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP ++ * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to ++ * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3 ++ * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame ++ * is received. ++ * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and ++ * other attributes like the interface index are present. ++ * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can ++ * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription ++ * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the ++ * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame ++ * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly ++ * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface ++ * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is ++ * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a ++ * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match ++ * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and ++ * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from ++ * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement ++ * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME ++ * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether ++ * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels ++ * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the ++ * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be ++ * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA ++ * from the remote AP) is completed; ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch ++ * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator ++ * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or ++ * initiated on our own). It indicates that ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ ++ * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may ++ * decide to react to this indication by requesting other ++ * interfaces to change channel as well. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by ++ * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with ++ * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the ++ * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and ++ * public action frame TX. ++ * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by ++ * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to ++ * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a ++ * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON ++ * is used for this. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames ++ * for IBSS or MESH vif. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control. ++ * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC ++ * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it ++ * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver ++ * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This ++ * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its ++ * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once ++ * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished ++ * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with ++ * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars ++ * while operating on this channel. ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the ++ * event. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features, ++ * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features. ++ * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition ++ * Information Element to the WLAN driver ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver ++ * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along ++ * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report ++ * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running ++ * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to ++ * complete. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can ++ * return back to normal. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules. ++ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the ++ * new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA) ++ * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the ++ * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel ++ * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform ++ * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel ++ * switch is complete. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified ++ * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. ++ * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is ++ * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions ++ * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands. ++ * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values. ++ * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If ++ * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this ++ * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an ++ * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO ++ * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters. ++ * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by ++ * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets ++ * up the TX TS in the driver/device. ++ * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks ++ * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to ++ * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would ++ * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still ++ * fail even if the check was successful. ++ * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID ++ * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this ++ * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating ++ * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to ++ * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and ++ * bandwidth of a channel must be given. ++ * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the ++ * network is determined by the network interface. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer, ++ * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is ++ * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining ++ * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS. ++ * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching ++ * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the ++ * AP. ++ * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS ++ * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel ++ * when this command completes. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used ++ * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom ++ * management. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is ++ * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through ++ * cfg80211_scan_done(). ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been ++ * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it ++ * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a ++ * cluster. This command must have a valid ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is ++ * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will ++ * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be ++ * added. ++ * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by ++ * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. ++ * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined ++ * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this ++ * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id ++ * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) ++ * of the function upon success. ++ * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right ++ * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination ++ * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new ++ * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one ++ * which just terminated. ++ * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command ++ * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes ++ * the response to this command. ++ * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well. ++ * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie. ++ * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is ++ * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID ++ * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes. ++ * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN ++ * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN ++ * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following ++ * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the ++ * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but ++ * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care ++ * (i.e. the device can decide what to do). ++ * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported. ++ * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters ++ * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal ++ * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it ++ * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently, ++ * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0 ++ * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). ++ * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the ++ * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK. ++ * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously ++ * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. ++ * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates an 802.1X FT roam was ++ * completed successfully. Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload ++ * should send this event after indicating 802.1X FT assocation with ++ * %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT ++ * should be indicated instead. ++ * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request ++ * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit ++ * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame ++ * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the ++ * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or ++ * 802.11 headers. ++ * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added ++ * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame ++ * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host ++ * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and ++ * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen. ++ * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space) ++ * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to ++ * driver) to indicate the authentication status. ++ * ++ * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to ++ * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses ++ * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user ++ * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user ++ * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds ++ * further with the association after getting successful authentication ++ * status. User space indicates the authentication status through ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH ++ * command interface. ++ * ++ * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the ++ * user space through the connect result as the user space would have ++ * initiated the connection through the connect request. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's ++ * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its ++ * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in ++ * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s) ++ * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address ++ * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes. ++ * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute. ++ * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in ++ * the netlink extended ack message. ++ * ++ * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it. ++ * ++ * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the ++ * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they ++ * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket ++ * buffer size. ++ * ++ * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start ++ * multiple concurrent measurements. ++ * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the ++ * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket. ++ * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that ++ * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie ++ * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE). ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was ++ * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel ++ * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes ++ * determining the width and type. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to ++ * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support ++ * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely ++ * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric ++ * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data ++ * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a ++ * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of ++ * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some ++ * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be ++ * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the ++ * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data ++ * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for ++ * rate selection. ++ * ++ * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh ++ * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame ++ * content. The frame is ethernet data. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration ++ * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon ++ * frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was ++ * dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon ++ * protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control ++ * port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME ++ * includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included ++ * if the recipient acknowledged the frame. ++ * + * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number + * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use + */ + enum nl80211_commands { +-/* don't change the order or add anything inbetween, this is ABI! */ ++/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ + NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC, + + NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */ +@@ -294,8 +1201,10 @@ enum nl80211_commands { + + NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON, + NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, +- NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON, +- NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON, ++ NL80211_CMD_START_AP, ++ NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP, ++ NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, ++ NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, + + NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, + NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION, +@@ -312,8 +1221,8 @@ enum nl80211_commands { + NL80211_CMD_SET_REG, + NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG, + +- NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS, +- NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS, ++ NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG, ++ NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG, + + NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */, + +@@ -349,6 +1258,155 @@ enum nl80211_commands { + NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, + NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS, + ++ NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA, ++ NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA, ++ NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, ++ NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, ++ NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, ++ NL80211_CMD_FRAME, ++ NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME, ++ NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, ++ NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE, ++ NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM, ++ NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL, ++ NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, ++ NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE, ++ NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN, ++ NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN, ++ NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN, ++ NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS, ++ NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER, ++ NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE, ++ NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES, ++ NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START, ++ NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE, ++ NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS, ++ NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB, ++ NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH, ++ NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_START_NAN, ++ NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN, ++ NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION, ++ NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION, ++ NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, ++ NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK, ++ NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START, ++ NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT, ++ NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON, ++ ++ NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS, ++ + /* add new commands above here */ + + /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ +@@ -369,6 +1427,13 @@ enum nl80211_commands { + #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE + #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT + ++#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS ++ ++/* source-level API compatibility */ ++#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG ++#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG ++#define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE ++ + /** + * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes + * +@@ -378,14 +1443,27 @@ enum nl80211_commands { + * /sys/class/ieee80211//index + * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming) + * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters +- * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz, ++ * defines the channel together with the (deprecated) ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 ++ * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values ++ * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the ++ * documentation of the enum for more information. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the ++ * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the ++ * operating channel center frequency. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the ++ * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth + * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ +- * if HT20 or HT40 are allowed (i.e., 802.11n disabled if not included): ++ * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included): + * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including + * this attribute) + * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only + * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel + * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel ++ * This attribute is now deprecated. + * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is + * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; + * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8 +@@ -398,11 +1476,16 @@ enum nl80211_commands { + * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length + * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range: + * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32 ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11 ++ * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8 + * + * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on + * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name + * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype + * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices ++ * that don't have a netdev (u64) ++ * + * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses) + * + * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of +@@ -413,6 +1496,13 @@ enum nl80211_commands { + * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) + * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and + * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the ++ * default management key ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or ++ * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or ++ * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used + * + * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU + * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing +@@ -428,7 +1518,7 @@ enum nl80211_commands { + * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length + * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). + * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station +- * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to. ++ * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to. + * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info + * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing + * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info. +@@ -437,24 +1527,25 @@ enum nl80211_commands { + * consisting of a nested array. + * + * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes). +- * @NL80211_ATTR_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link ++ * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action). + * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path. + * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path +- * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at ++ * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at + * &enum nl80211_mpath_info. + * + * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of +- * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags. ++ * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags. + * + * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the +- * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to. +- * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel +- * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can +- * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set +- * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the +- * IEEE-802.11d country information element to identify a country. +- * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain +- * to a specific alpha2. ++ * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to. ++ * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel ++ * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can ++ * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set ++ * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the ++ * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country. ++ * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain ++ * to a specific alpha2. + * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory + * rules. + * +@@ -482,8 +1573,14 @@ enum nl80211_commands { + * + * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with + * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can ++ * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute. + * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements + * that can be added to a scan request ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information ++ * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be ++ * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute. + * + * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz) + * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive +@@ -491,9 +1588,9 @@ enum nl80211_commands { + * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS + * + * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain +- * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_* ++ * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_* + * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently +- * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*) ++ * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*) + * + * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies + * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number) +@@ -512,15 +1609,15 @@ enum nl80211_commands { + * a u32 + * + * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change +- * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects +- * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This +- * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing +- * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* ++ * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects ++ * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This ++ * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing ++ * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* + * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change +- * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects +- * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This +- * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing +- * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* ++ * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects ++ * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This ++ * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing ++ * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* + * + * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported + * cipher suites +@@ -533,8 +1630,12 @@ enum nl80211_commands { + * + * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is + * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32); +- * this attribute can be used +- * with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE request ++ * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and ++ * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for ++ * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it ++ * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not. ++ * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will ++ * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not. + * + * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a + * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. +@@ -545,6 +1646,25 @@ enum nl80211_commands { + * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until + * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by + * default in station mode. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the ++ * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be ++ * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not ++ * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This ++ * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to ++ * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom ++ * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control ++ * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE) ++ * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211 ++ * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending ++ * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the ++ * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead ++ * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is ++ * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER ++ * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth ++ * frames are not forwared over the control port. + * + * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver. + * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this. +@@ -555,26 +1675,37 @@ enum nl80211_commands { + * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT + * event (u16) + * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating +- * that protected APs should be used. ++ * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to ++ * indicate that the BSS is to use protection. + * +- * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT and ASSOCIATE to +- * indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON ++ * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection + * (an array of u32). +- * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT and ASSOCIATE to indicate +- * which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a u32). +- * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT and ASSOCIATE to indicate +- * which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to ++ * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a ++ * u32). ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to ++ * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using + * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions). +- * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT and ASSOCIATE to indicate +- * which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32). ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to ++ * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32). ++ * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, ++ * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which ++ * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also ++ * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware. ++ * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should ++ * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites. + * + * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as + * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. + * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as + * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. + * +- * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used by in ASSOCIATE +- * commands to specify using a reassociate frame ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT ++ * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use ++ * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the ++ * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is ++ * used for the initial association to an ESS. + * + * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with + * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes +@@ -598,69 +1729,875 @@ enum nl80211_commands { + * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute + * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info. + * +- * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined +- * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use +- */ +-enum nl80211_attrs { +-/* don't change the order or add anything inbetween, this is ABI! */ +- NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC, +- +- NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, +- NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, +- +- NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, +- NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME, +- NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, +- +- NL80211_ATTR_MAC, +- +- NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, +- NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, +- NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, +- NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ, +- NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, +- +- NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, +- NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, +- NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD, +- NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL, +- +- NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID, +- NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS, +- NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL, +- NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES, +- NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN, +- NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO, +- +- NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS, +- +- NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS, +- +- NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID, +- NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION, +- NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP, +- NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO, +- +- NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT, +- NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE, +- NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, +- +- NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY, +- +- NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES, +- +- NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2, +- NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES, +- +- NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS, +- +- NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, +- +- NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, +- NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, +- NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE, +- +- NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can ++ * cache, a wiphy attribute. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that ++ * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the ++ * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes ++ * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The ++ * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested ++ * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all ++ * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute ++ * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP, ++ * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must ++ * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon. ++ * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended ++ * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, ++ * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and ++ * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain ++ * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the ++ * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a ++ * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing ++ * information about which frame types can be transmitted with ++ * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a ++ * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing ++ * information about which frame types can be registered for RX. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was ++ * acknowledged by the recipient. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a ++ * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command ++ * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without ++ * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with ++ * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, ++ * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations ++ * connected to this BSS. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See ++ * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units. ++ * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING ++ * for non-automatic settings. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly ++ * means support for per-station GTKs. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting. ++ * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should ++ * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this ++ * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna. ++ * ++ * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first ++ * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n ++ * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to ++ * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if ++ * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not. ++ * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be ++ * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask. ++ * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not. ++ * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot ++ * support by returning -EINVAL. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving. ++ * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should ++ * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap ++ * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. ++ * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available ++ * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available ++ * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be ++ * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match ++ * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this ++ * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an ++ * nl80211 capability flag. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags ++ * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. ++ * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be ++ * changed once the mesh is active. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute ++ * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver ++ * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via ++ * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in ++ * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link ++ * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or ++ * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy ++ * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to ++ * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also ++ * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN ++ * triggers. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan ++ * cycles, in msecs. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more ++ * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs ++ * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are ++ * pass-thru filter rules. ++ * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a ++ * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of ++ * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are ++ * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be ++ * able to ignore them by itself. ++ * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but ++ * this is only an optimization and the userspace application ++ * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway. ++ * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with ++ * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID ++ * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes ++ * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned. ++ * If omitted, no filtering is done. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported ++ * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes ++ * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that ++ * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to ++ * any restrictions in their number or combinations. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information ++ * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan, ++ * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry ++ * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but ++ * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon ++ * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see ++ * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32 ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame. ++ * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to ++ * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the ++ * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association ++ * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and ++ * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into ++ * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to ++ * (Re)Association Request frames. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration ++ * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working ++ * as AP. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of ++ * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching ++ * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not ++ * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action ++ * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space ++ * applications use this attribute. ++ * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and ++ * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup ++ * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are ++ * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a ++ * TDLS conversation between two devices. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see ++ * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate ++ * as a TDLS peer sta. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown ++ * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via ++ * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be ++ * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices ++ * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated ++ * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see ++ * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells ++ * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this, ++ * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is ++ * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from ++ * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe ++ * requests while operating in AP-mode. ++ * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for ++ * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr). ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire ++ * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out, ++ * to be filled by the FW. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable ++ * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the ++ * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. ++ * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. ++ * The values that may be configured are: ++ * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40 ++ * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor. ++ * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored ++ * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in ++ * the station debugfs ht_caps file. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country ++ * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps ++ * to one DFS region. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of ++ * up to 16 TIDs. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be ++ * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support ++ * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from ++ * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the ++ * capability to timeout the stations. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int); ++ * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to ++ * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds ++ * or 0 to disable background scan. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from ++ * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from ++ * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source ++ * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of ++ * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected ++ * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason ++ * enum has different reasons of connection failure. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. ++ * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), ++ * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the ++ * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with ++ * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into ++ * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the ++ * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and ++ * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data ++ * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition ++ * consistent. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from ++ * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32) ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with ++ * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the ++ * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1; ++ * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS ++ * no change is made. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode ++ * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy, ++ * carried in a u32 attribute ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for ++ * MAC ACL. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum ++ * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC ++ * ACL. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace, ++ * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32). ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver ++ * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See ++ * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver ++ * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to ++ * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD). ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are ++ * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations ++ * and PU-APSD. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see ++ * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports ++ * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple ++ * messages, given with wiphy dump message ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information ++ * Element ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased ++ * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16). ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which ++ * the connection should have increased reliability (u16). ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16). ++ * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being ++ * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to ++ * update a TDLS peer STA entry. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's ++ * until the channel switch event. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission ++ * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch ++ * operation). ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information ++ * for the time while performing a channel switch. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel ++ * switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL). ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel ++ * switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP). ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32. ++ * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported ++ * operating classes. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space ++ * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in ++ * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS ++ * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required ++ * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the ++ * IBSS network. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports ++ * 5 MHz channel bandwidth. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports ++ * 10 MHz channel bandwidth. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode ++ * Notification Element based on association request when used with ++ * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when ++ * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS); ++ * u8 attribute. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if ++ * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet) ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this ++ * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy ++ * info, containing a nested array of possible events ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This ++ * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element ++ * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many ++ * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32. ++ * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g., ++ * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to ++ * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt ++ * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which ++ * should be updated when the frame is transmitted. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum ++ * supported number of csa counters. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32. ++ * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface ++ * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket ++ * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed. ++ * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be ++ * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will ++ * be stopped when the socket is closed. ++ * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the ++ * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket ++ * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be ++ * cleared when the socket is closed. ++ * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed ++ * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN ++ * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this ++ * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN ++ * multicast group. ++ * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the ++ * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed. ++ * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically ++ * torn down when the socket is closed. ++ * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be ++ * automatically torn down when the socket is closed. ++ * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically ++ * disabled when the socket is closed. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is ++ * the TDLS link initiator. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection ++ * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be ++ * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. ++ * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the ++ * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features: ++ * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES, ++ * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET, ++ * Or, if global RRM is supported, see: ++ * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM ++ * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the ++ * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability ++ * flag in the association request's Capability Info field. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout ++ * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack ++ * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower ++ * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled ++ * setting valid value for coverage class. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute) ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute) ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds ++ * (per second) (u16 attribute) ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see ++ * &enum nl80211_smps_mode. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device ++ * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain ++ * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global ++ * cfg80211 regdomain. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte ++ * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum ++ * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the ++ * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0 ++ * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1 ++ * of byte 3 (u8 array). ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be ++ * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY ++ * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio ++ * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.) ++ * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information ++ * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters ++ * over all channels. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a ++ * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN ++ * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the ++ * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds. ++ ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device ++ * is operating in an indoor environment. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for ++ * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for ++ * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in ++ * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan. ++ * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval ++ * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely, ++ * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval ++ * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially. ++ * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate ++ * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request ++ * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start ++ * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the ++ * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains ++ * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what ++ * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT ++ * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for ++ * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported ++ * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes: ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per ++ * interface type. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO ++ * groupID for monitor mode. ++ * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each ++ * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved), ++ * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in ++ * that group and 0 for not being a member. ++ * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for ++ * each group. ++ * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger ++ * group numbers on least significant bits.) ++ * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode. ++ * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO ++ * groupID data. ++ * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow ++ * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer. ++ * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address ++ * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF) ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually ++ * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that ++ * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this ++ * attribute must not be included). ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the ++ * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with ++ * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN ++ * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates ++ * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is ++ * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration ++ * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is ++ * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by ++ * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with ++ * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0. ++ * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and ++ * should not be used during a normal device operation. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32 ++ * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum ++ * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 ++ * would be set. This attribute is used with ++ * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and ++ * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and ++ * the device will decide what to use. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See ++ * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested ++ * attribute. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute. ++ * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame ++ * protection. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association ++ * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet ++ * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast ++ * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute). ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also ++ * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which ++ * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current ++ * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space. ++ * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to ++ * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than ++ * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid ++ * unnecessary wakeups. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in ++ * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out ++ * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure ++ * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out. ++ * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used, ++ * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) ++ * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with ++ * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part ++ * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with ++ * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number ++ * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data ++ * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the ++ * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK ++ * from successful FILS authentication and is used with ++ * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP ++ * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with ++ * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with ++ * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID. ++ * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide ++ * PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X ++ * authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT ++ * support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME ++ * is included as well. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to ++ * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled ++ * scan request that may be active for the device (u32). ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include ++ * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it ++ * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved) ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external ++ * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an ++ * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the ++ * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user ++ * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used ++ * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver ++ * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability ++ * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this ++ * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum ++ * nl80211_txq_stats) ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy. ++ * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the ++ * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is ++ * enforced. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes ++ * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from ++ * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set ++ * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include ++ * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing ++ * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as ++ * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder ++ * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32), ++ * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an ++ * invalid value. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result) ++ * data, uses nested attributes specified in ++ * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs. ++ * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information, ++ * with the appropriate sub-attributes. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime ++ * scheduler. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for ++ * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for ++ * possible values. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This ++ * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included, ++ * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver ++ * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface ++ * or per-station. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It ++ * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading ++ * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection ++ * functionality. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz ++ * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. ++ * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute) ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes ++ * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute) ++ * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key ++ * (u16). ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry ++ * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This ++ * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating ++ * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not ++ * advertised for a specific interface type. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a ++ * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes; ++ * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub- ++ * attributes. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control ++ * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32, ++ * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value). ++ * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. ++ * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the ++ * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based ++ * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE, ++ * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE) ++ * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP ++ * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall ++ * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in ++ * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME ++ * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional ++ * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the ++ * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching) ++ * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime ++ * has expired. ++ * ++ * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA ++ * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If ++ * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration, ++ * disassociation is still forced. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the ++ * %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with ++ * an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the ++ * first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from ++ * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS ++ * discovery. It is a nested attribute, see ++ * &enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure ++ * unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see ++ * &enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from ++ * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element ++ * override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in ++ * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and ++ * disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP ++ * is desired. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_GAIN: Configured antenna gain. Used to reduce ++ * transmit power to stay within regulatory limits. u32, dBi. ++ * ++ * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined ++ * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use ++ */ ++enum nl80211_attrs { ++/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ ++ NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, ++ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, ++ NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME, ++ NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_MAC, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, ++ NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, ++ NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, ++ NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ, ++ NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, ++ NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, ++ NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD, ++ NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID, ++ NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS, ++ NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL, ++ NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES, ++ NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN, ++ NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID, ++ NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION, ++ NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP, ++ NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT, ++ NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE, ++ NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2, ++ NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, ++ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, ++ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, + + NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE, + NL80211_ATTR_IE, +@@ -732,69 +2669,457 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { + + NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO, + +- /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ ++ NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, ++ NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS, + +- __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, +- NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 +-}; ++ NL80211_ATTR_DURATION, + +-/* source-level API compatibility */ +-#define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION ++ NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE, + +-/* +- * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them +- * here +- */ +-#define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT +-#define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY +-#define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES +-#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS +-#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ +-#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE +-#define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE +-#define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE +-#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR +-#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE +-#define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME +-#define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID +-#define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE +-#define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE +-#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE +-#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP +-#define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS +-#define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES +-#define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY +-#define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS ++ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS, + +-#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32 +-#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 32 +-#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0 +-#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16 +-#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24 +-#define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26 ++ NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES, + +-#define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5 +-#define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2 ++ NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH, + +-/** +- * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types +- * +- * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides +- * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member +- * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member +- * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point +- * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points +- * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface +- * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames +- * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point +- * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined +- * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AFTER_LAST: internal use +- * +- * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE +- * to set the type of an interface. +- * +- */ +-enum nl80211_iftype { ++ NL80211_ATTR_ACK, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_CQM, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING, ++ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES, ++ NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES, ++ NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, ++ NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, ++ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX, ++ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH, ++ NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS, ++ NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, ++ NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS, ++ NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP, ++ NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME, ++ NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, ++ NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION, ++ NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN, ++ NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION, ++ NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT, ++ NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT, ++ NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_WDEV, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, ++ NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1, ++ NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW, ++ NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, ++ NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY, ++ NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, ++ NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT, ++ NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_MDID, ++ NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID, ++ NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT, ++ NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX, ++ NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES, ++ NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON, ++ NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ, ++ NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID, ++ NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD, ++ NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, ++ NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, ++ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX, ++ NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_TSID, ++ NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO, ++ NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, ++ NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, ++ NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, ++ NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_PBSS, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_PAD, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA, ++ NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF, ++ NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID, ++ NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION, ++ NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, ++ NL80211_ATTR_BANDS, ++ NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC, ++ NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK, ++ NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_BSSID, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, ++ NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME, ++ NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM, ++ NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM, ++ NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK, ++ NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_PMK, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI, ++ NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS, ++ NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME, ++ NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION, ++ NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_NSS, ++ NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS, ++ NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT, ++ NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT, ++ NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, ++ NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING, ++ NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS, ++ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME, ++ NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST, ++ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, ++ NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET, ++ NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY, ++ NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED, ++ ++ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_GAIN, ++ ++ /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ ++ ++ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, ++ NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, ++ NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 ++}; ++ ++/* source-level API compatibility */ ++#define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION ++#define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG ++#define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER ++#define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA ++#define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON ++#define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP ++ ++/* ++ * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them ++ * here ++ */ ++#define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT ++#define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY ++#define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES ++#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS ++#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ ++#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE ++#define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE ++#define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE ++#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR ++#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE ++#define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME ++#define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID ++#define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE ++#define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE ++#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE ++#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP ++#define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS ++#define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES ++#define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY ++#define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS ++#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS ++ ++#define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64 ++ ++#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32 ++#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77 ++#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128 ++#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0 ++#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16 ++#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24 ++#define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26 ++#define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12 ++#define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16 ++#define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54 ++#define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5 ++#define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2 ++ ++#define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10 ++ ++/* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */ ++#define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300 ++ ++#define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800 ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types ++ * ++ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides ++ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member ++ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member ++ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point ++ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces ++ * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing ++ * AP type interface. ++ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface ++ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames ++ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point ++ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client ++ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner ++ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev ++ * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the ++ * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE ++ * commands to create and destroy one ++ * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS ++ * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true ++ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev) ++ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined ++ * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types ++ * ++ * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE ++ * to set the type of an interface. ++ * ++ */ ++enum nl80211_iftype { + NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED, + NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC, + NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION, +@@ -803,10 +3128,15 @@ enum nl80211_iftype { + NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS, + NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR, + NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT, ++ NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT, ++ NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO, ++ NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE, ++ NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB, ++ NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN, + + /* keep last */ +- __NL80211_IFTYPE_AFTER_LAST, +- NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1 ++ NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES, ++ NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1 + }; + + /** +@@ -815,11 +3145,23 @@ enum nl80211_iftype { + * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is + * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.) + * ++ * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved + * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X) + * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames + * with short barker preamble + * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable + * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection ++ * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated ++ * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should ++ * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the ++ * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and ++ * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected ++ * as errors.) ++ * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers ++ * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a ++ * previously added station into associated state ++ * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined ++ * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use + */ + enum nl80211_sta_flags { + __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID, +@@ -827,12 +3169,31 @@ enum nl80211_sta_flags { + NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE, + NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME, + NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP, ++ NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED, ++ NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER, ++ NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED, + + /* keep last */ + __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, + NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 + }; + ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS ++ * ++ * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism ++ * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism ++ * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values ++ */ ++enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status { ++ NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0, ++ NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED, ++ ++ NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS, ++}; ++ ++#define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER ++ + /** + * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set + * @mask: mask of station flags to set +@@ -845,18 +3206,89 @@ struct nl80211_sta_flag_update { + __u32 set; + } __attribute__((packed)); + ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval ++ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec ++ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec ++ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec ++ */ ++enum nl80211_he_gi { ++ NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8, ++ NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6, ++ NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2, ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field ++ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1xLTF: 3.2 usec ++ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2xLTF: 6.4 usec ++ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4xLTF: 12.8 usec ++ */ ++enum nl80211_he_ltf { ++ NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF, ++ NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF, ++ NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF, ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values ++ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation ++ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation ++ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation ++ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation ++ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation ++ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation ++ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation ++ */ ++enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc { ++ NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26, ++ NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52, ++ NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106, ++ NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242, ++ NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484, ++ NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996, ++ NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996, ++}; ++ + /** + * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information + * + * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE + * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. ++ * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents ++ * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value. ++ * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported ++ * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits ++ * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included. ++ * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall ++ * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels. + * + * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved + * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s) + * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8) +- * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 Mhz dualchannel bitrate ++ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate + * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval ++ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s) + * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined ++ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8) ++ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8) ++ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate ++ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the ++ * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates ++ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate ++ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is ++ * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. ++ * half the base (20 MHz) rate ++ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is ++ * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. ++ * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate ++ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11) ++ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8) ++ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier ++ * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi) ++ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1) ++ * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then ++ * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc) + * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use + */ + enum nl80211_rate_info { +@@ -865,12 +3297,55 @@ enum nl80211_rate_info { + NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS, + NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH, + NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI, ++ NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32, ++ NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS, ++ NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS, ++ NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH, ++ NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH, ++ NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH, ++ NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH, ++ NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH, ++ NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS, ++ NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS, ++ NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI, ++ NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM, ++ NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC, + + /* keep last */ + __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST, + NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 + }; + ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA ++ * ++ * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM ++ * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. ++ * ++ * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved ++ * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag) ++ * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled ++ * (flag) ++ * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled ++ * (flag) ++ * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8) ++ * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16) ++ * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined ++ * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use ++ */ ++enum nl80211_sta_bss_param { ++ __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID, ++ NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT, ++ NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE, ++ NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, ++ NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD, ++ NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL, ++ ++ /* keep last */ ++ __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST, ++ NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1 ++}; ++ + /** + * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information + * +@@ -879,16 +3354,80 @@ enum nl80211_rate_info { + * + * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved + * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs) +- * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (u32, from this station) +- * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (u32, to this station) +- * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal +- * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute ++ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length) ++ * (u32, from this station) ++ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) ++ * (u32, to this station) ++ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length) ++ * (u64, from this station) ++ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) ++ * (u64, to this station) + * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) + * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute +- * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info_txrate. +- * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (u32, from this station) +- * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (u32, to this +- * station) ++ * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info ++ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs) ++ * (u32, from this station) ++ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs) ++ * (u32, to this station) ++ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station) ++ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs) ++ * (u32, to this station) ++ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) ++ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID ++ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID ++ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station ++ * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state) ++ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested ++ * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE. ++ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute ++ * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param ++ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected ++ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. ++ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32) ++ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64) ++ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode ++ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode ++ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards ++ * non-peer STA ++ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU ++ * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm) ++ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average ++ * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL. ++ * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the ++ * 802.11 header (u32, kbps) ++ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons ++ * (u64) ++ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64) ++ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average ++ * for beacons only (u8, dBm) ++ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats) ++ * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the ++ * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames; ++ * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats ++ * attributes carrying the actual values. ++ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames ++ * received from the station (u64, usec) ++ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment ++ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm) ++ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm) ++ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs) ++ * (u32, from this station) ++ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received ++ * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include ++ * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter ++ * might not be fully accurate. ++ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a ++ * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1) ++ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames ++ * sent to the station (u64, usec) ++ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16) ++ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station ++ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds) ++ * of STA's association ++ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a ++ * authentication server (u8, 0 or 1) ++ * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal ++ * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute + */ + enum nl80211_sta_info { + __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID, +@@ -902,12 +3441,116 @@ enum nl80211_sta_info { + NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, + NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, + NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, ++ NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES, ++ NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED, ++ NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, ++ NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE, ++ NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM, ++ NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME, ++ NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS, ++ NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS, ++ NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET, ++ NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM, ++ NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM, ++ NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM, ++ NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64, ++ NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64, ++ NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL, ++ NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG, ++ NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT, ++ NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC, ++ NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX, ++ NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG, ++ NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS, ++ NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION, ++ NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD, ++ NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL, ++ NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG, ++ NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS, ++ NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT, ++ NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, ++ NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION, ++ NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, ++ NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC, ++ NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME, ++ NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS, + + /* keep last */ + __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, + NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 + }; + ++/* we renamed this - stay compatible */ ++#define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG ++ ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes ++ * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved ++ * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64) ++ * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or ++ * attempted to transmit; u64) ++ * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for ++ * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64) ++ * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted ++ * MSDUs (u64) ++ * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment ++ * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute) ++ * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here ++ * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here ++ */ ++enum nl80211_tid_stats { ++ __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID, ++ NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU, ++ NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU, ++ NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES, ++ NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED, ++ NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD, ++ NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS, ++ ++ /* keep last */ ++ NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS, ++ NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1 ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes ++ * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved ++ * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here ++ * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged ++ * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently ++ * backlogged ++ * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen ++ * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops ++ * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks ++ * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow ++ * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow ++ * (only for per-phy stats) ++ * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions ++ * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ ++ * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ ++ * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY ++ * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here ++ */ ++enum nl80211_txq_stats { ++ __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID, ++ NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES, ++ NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS, ++ NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS, ++ NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS, ++ NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS, ++ NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT, ++ NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY, ++ NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS, ++ NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES, ++ NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS, ++ NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS, ++ ++ /* keep last */ ++ NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS, ++ NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1 ++}; ++ + /** + * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags + * +@@ -932,14 +3575,19 @@ enum nl80211_mpath_flags { + * information about a mesh path. + * + * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved +- * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination +- * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_SN: destination sequence number +- * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path +- * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now +- * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in +- * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags; +- * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec +- * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries ++ * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination ++ * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number ++ * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path ++ * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now ++ * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in ++ * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags; ++ * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec ++ * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries ++ * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination ++ * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination ++ * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number ++ * currently defined ++ * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use + */ + enum nl80211_mpath_info { + __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID, +@@ -950,12 +3598,49 @@ enum nl80211_mpath_info { + NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS, + NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, + NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES, ++ NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT, ++ NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE, + + /* keep last */ + __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST, + NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 + }; + ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes ++ * ++ * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved ++ * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute ++ * for each interface type that supports the band data ++ * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE ++ * capabilities IE ++ * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE ++ * capabilities IE ++ * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE ++ * capabilities IE ++ * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as ++ * defined in HE capabilities IE ++ * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band HE capability attribute currently ++ * defined ++ * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16), ++ * given for all 6 GHz band channels ++ * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use ++ */ ++enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr { ++ __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID, ++ ++ NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES, ++ NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC, ++ NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY, ++ NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET, ++ NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE, ++ NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA, ++ ++ /* keep last */ ++ __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, ++ NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 ++}; ++ + /** + * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes + * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved +@@ -968,6 +3653,19 @@ enum nl80211_mpath_info { + * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE + * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n + * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n ++ * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as ++ * defined in 802.11ac ++ * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE ++ * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using ++ * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr ++ * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz ++ * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. ++ * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. ++ * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes ++ * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. ++ * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. ++ * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined ++ * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use + */ + enum nl80211_band_attr { + __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID, +@@ -979,6 +3677,13 @@ enum nl80211_band_attr { + NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR, + NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY, + ++ NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET, ++ NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA, ++ NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA, ++ ++ NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS, ++ NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, ++ + /* keep last */ + __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, + NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 +@@ -986,28 +3691,133 @@ enum nl80211_band_attr { + + #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA + ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule ++ * ++ * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved ++ * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot. ++ * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot. ++ * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space. ++ * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time. ++ * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule. ++ * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use. ++ */ ++enum nl80211_wmm_rule { ++ __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID, ++ NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN, ++ NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX, ++ NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN, ++ NL80211_WMMR_TXOP, ++ ++ /* keep last */ ++ __NL80211_WMMR_LAST, ++ NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1 ++}; ++ + /** + * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes ++ * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved + * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz + * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current + * regulatory domain. +- * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN: Only passive scanning is +- * permitted on this channel in current regulatory domain. +- * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS: IBSS networks are not permitted +- * on this channel in current regulatory domain. ++ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation ++ * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe ++ * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing. + * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory + * on this channel in current regulatory domain. + * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm + * (100 * dBm). ++ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS ++ * (enum nl80211_dfs_state) ++ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long ++ * this channel is in this DFS state. ++ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this ++ * channel as the control channel ++ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this ++ * channel as the control channel ++ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel ++ * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible, ++ * this includes 80+80 channels ++ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel ++ * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels ++ * isn't possible ++ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. ++ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this ++ * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be ++ * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in ++ * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not ++ * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master ++ * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power. ++ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this ++ * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on ++ * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz ++ * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS ++ * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be ++ * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under ++ * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS ++ * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and ++ * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e., ++ * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this ++ * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP). ++ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed ++ * on this channel in current regulatory domain. ++ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed ++ * on this channel in current regulatory domain. ++ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations. ++ * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC. ++ * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule) ++ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel ++ * in current regulatory domain. ++ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz ++ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed ++ * on this channel in current regulatory domain. ++ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed ++ * on this channel in current regulatory domain. ++ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed ++ * on this channel in current regulatory domain. ++ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed ++ * on this channel in current regulatory domain. ++ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed ++ * on this channel in current regulatory domain. ++ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_SRD_CHANNEL: short range devices mode ++ * on this channel in current regulatory domain. ++ * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number ++ * currently defined ++ * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use ++ * ++ * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122 ++ * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed ++ * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and ++ * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT. + */ + enum nl80211_frequency_attr { + __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID, + NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ, + NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED, +- NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN, +- NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS, ++ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR, ++ __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS, + NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR, + NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER, ++ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE, ++ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME, ++ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS, ++ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS, ++ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ, ++ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ, ++ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, ++ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY, ++ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT, ++ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ, ++ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ, ++ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM, ++ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE, ++ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET, ++ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ, ++ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ, ++ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ, ++ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ, ++ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ, ++ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_SRD_CHANNEL, + + /* keep last */ + __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, +@@ -1015,12 +3825,21 @@ enum nl80211_frequency_attr { + }; + + #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER ++#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR ++#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR ++#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR ++#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \ ++ NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT + + /** + * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes ++ * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved + * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps + * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported + * in 2.4 GHz band. ++ * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number ++ * currently defined ++ * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use + */ + enum nl80211_bitrate_attr { + __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID, +@@ -1035,14 +3854,18 @@ enum nl80211_bitrate_attr { + /** + * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request + * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world +- * regulatory domain. ++ * regulatory domain. + * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the +- * regulatory domain. ++ * regulatory domain. + * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the +- * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in. ++ * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in. + * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an +- * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it +- * thinks we should consider. ++ * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it ++ * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country ++ * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information ++ * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb. ++ * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should ++ * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation. + */ + enum nl80211_reg_initiator { + NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE, +@@ -1057,11 +3880,11 @@ enum nl80211_reg_initiator { + * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the + * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid. + * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory +- * domain. ++ * domain. + * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom +- * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide +- * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested +- * them to be applied. ++ * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide ++ * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested ++ * them to be applied. + * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product + * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously + * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory +@@ -1076,22 +3899,28 @@ enum nl80211_reg_type { + + /** + * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes ++ * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved + * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional +- * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the +- * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags. ++ * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the ++ * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags. + * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory +- * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory +- * band edge. ++ * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory ++ * band edge. + * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule +- * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory +- * band edge. ++ * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory ++ * band edge. + * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this + * frequency range, in KHz. + * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain +- * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi). +- * If you don't have one then don't send this. ++ * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi). ++ * If you don't have one then don't send this. + * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for +- * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm). ++ * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm). ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. ++ * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used. ++ * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number ++ * currently defined ++ * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use + */ + enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr { + __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID, +@@ -1104,11 +3933,67 @@ enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr { + NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN, + NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP, + ++ NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, ++ + /* keep last */ + __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, + NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 + }; + ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes ++ * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved ++ * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching, ++ * only report BSS with matching SSID. ++ * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.) ++ * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a ++ * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that ++ * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as ++ * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a ++ * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with ++ * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem, ++ * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this ++ * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute. ++ * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether ++ * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or ++ * relative to current bss's RSSI. ++ * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for ++ * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing ++ * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure ++ * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. ++ * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching ++ * (this cannot be used together with SSID). ++ * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the ++ * band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in ++ * enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a ++ * band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one ++ * of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the ++ * minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated ++ * within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such ++ * attributes will be nested within this attribute. ++ * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter ++ * attribute number currently defined ++ * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use ++ */ ++enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr { ++ __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID, ++ ++ NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID, ++ NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI, ++ NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI, ++ NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, ++ NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID, ++ NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI, ++ ++ /* keep last */ ++ __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, ++ NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = ++ __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 ++}; ++ ++/* only for backward compatibility */ ++#define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID ++ + /** + * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags + * +@@ -1119,8 +4004,18 @@ enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr { + * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used + * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links + * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links +- * @NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN: passive scan is required +- * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS: no IBSS is allowed ++ * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed, ++ * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require ++ * beaconing. ++ * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated ++ * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross ++ * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges. ++ * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT ++ * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation ++ * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation ++ * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed ++ * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed ++ * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed + */ + enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags { + NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0, +@@ -1130,8 +4025,63 @@ enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags { + NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4, + NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5, + NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6, +- NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN = 1<<7, +- NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8, ++ NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7, ++ __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8, ++ NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11, ++ NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12, ++ NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13, ++ NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14, ++ NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15, ++ NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16, ++ NL80211_RRF_NO_HE = 1<<17, ++}; ++ ++#define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR ++#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR ++#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR ++#define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\ ++ NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS) ++#define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT ++ ++/* For backport compatibility with older userspace */ ++#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS) ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions ++ * ++ * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified ++ * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC ++ * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI ++ * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec ++ */ ++enum nl80211_dfs_regions { ++ NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0, ++ NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1, ++ NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2, ++ NL80211_DFS_JP = 3, ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint ++ * ++ * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always ++ * assumed if the attribute is not set. ++ * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular ++ * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work ++ * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints ++ * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature ++ * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will ++ * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device ++ * present has been registered with the wireless core that ++ * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a ++ * supported feature. ++ * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the ++ * platform is operating in an indoor environment. ++ */ ++enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type { ++ NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0, ++ NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1, ++ NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2, + }; + + /** +@@ -1143,17 +4093,54 @@ enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags { + * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved + * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel + * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm) ++ * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used ++ * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio ++ * was turned on (on channel or globally) ++ * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary ++ * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect) ++ * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension ++ * channel was sensed busy ++ * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent ++ * receiving data (on channel or globally) ++ * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent ++ * transmitting data (on channel or globally) ++ * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan ++ * (on this channel or globally) ++ * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment ++ * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent ++ * receiving frames destined to the local BSS ++ * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number ++ * currently defined ++ * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz ++ * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use + */ + enum nl80211_survey_info { + __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID, + NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY, + NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE, ++ NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE, ++ NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME, ++ NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY, ++ NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY, ++ NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX, ++ NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX, ++ NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN, ++ NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD, ++ NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX, ++ NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, + + /* keep last */ + __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST, + NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 + }; + ++/* keep old names for compatibility */ ++#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME ++#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY ++#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY ++#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX ++#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX ++ + /** + * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags + * +@@ -1167,6 +4154,8 @@ enum nl80211_survey_info { + * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering + * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing. + * overrides all other flags. ++ * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address ++ * and ACK incoming unicast packets. + * + * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use + * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag +@@ -1178,66 +4167,162 @@ enum nl80211_mntr_flags { + NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, + NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, + NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, ++ NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, + + /* keep last */ + __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, + NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 + }; + ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes ++ * ++ * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is ++ * not known or has not been set yet. ++ * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is ++ * in Awake state all the time. ++ * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will ++ * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for ++ * neighbor's beacons. ++ * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will ++ * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up ++ * for neighbor's beacons. ++ * ++ * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use ++ * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level ++ */ ++ ++enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode { ++ NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN, ++ NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE, ++ NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP, ++ NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP, ++ ++ __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST, ++ NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1 ++}; ++ + /** + * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters + * +- * Mesh configuration parameters ++ * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is ++ * active. + * + * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use + * + * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in +- * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message ++ * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message + * +- * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the inital confirm timeout, in +- * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link ++ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in ++ * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link + * + * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in +- * millisecond units ++ * millisecond units + * + * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed +- * on this mesh interface ++ * on this mesh interface + * + * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link +- * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a +- * mesh ++ * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a ++ * mesh + * + * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh +- * point. ++ * point. + * +- * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically +- * open peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. ++ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open ++ * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if ++ * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are ++ * set. + * + * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames +- * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path +- * target) ++ * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path ++ * target) + * + * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths +- * (in milliseconds) ++ * (in milliseconds) + * + * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait +- * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds) ++ * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds) + * + * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh +- * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the +- * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) ++ * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from ++ * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit) + * + * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in +- * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ +- * reference element ++ * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ ++ * reference element + * + * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs) +- * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh ++ * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the ++ * mesh ++ * ++ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not ++ * ++ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a ++ * source mesh point for path selection elements. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between ++ * root announcements are transmitted. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has ++ * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root ++ * Announcement frames. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in ++ * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a ++ * PERR element. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding ++ * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) ++ * ++ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the ++ * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish ++ * a peer link. + * +- * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not ++ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors ++ * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method ++ * (see 11C.12.2.2) ++ * ++ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode. + * + * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute + * ++ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for ++ * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding ++ * information to the root mesh STA to be valid. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between ++ * proactive PREQs are transmitted. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time ++ * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame ++ * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links. ++ * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32) ++ * ++ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs) ++ * ++ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've ++ * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then ++ * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable ++ * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA ++ * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation ++ * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only ++ * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. ++ * PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that ++ * this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be ++ * better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable ++ * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA ++ * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server ++ * in the mesh formation field. ++ * + * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use + */ + enum nl80211_meshconf_params { +@@ -1256,16 +4341,98 @@ enum nl80211_meshconf_params { + NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL, + NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME, + NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE, ++ NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL, ++ NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL, ++ NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS, ++ NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL, ++ NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING, ++ NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD, ++ NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR, ++ NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE, ++ NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT, ++ NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL, ++ NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL, ++ NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE, ++ NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW, ++ NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT, ++ NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, ++ NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN, ++ NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS, + + /* keep last */ + __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, + NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 + }; + ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters ++ * ++ * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be ++ * changed while the mesh is active. ++ * ++ * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use ++ * ++ * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a ++ * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the ++ * default HWMP. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a ++ * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime ++ * metric. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a ++ * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element ++ * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and ++ * metrics in use. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication ++ * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication ++ * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of ++ * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of ++ * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer ++ * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE ++ * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and ++ * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can ++ * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a ++ * userspace daemon. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a ++ * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default ++ * neighbor offset synchronization ++ * ++ * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will ++ * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication ++ * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE). ++ * Default is no authentication method required. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number ++ * ++ * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use ++ */ ++enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params { ++ __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID, ++ NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL, ++ NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC, ++ NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE, ++ NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, ++ NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, ++ NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC, ++ NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM, ++ NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL, ++ ++ /* keep last */ ++ __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, ++ NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 ++}; ++ + /** + * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes + * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved +- * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE: TX queue identifier (NL80211_TXQ_Q_*) ++ * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*) + * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning + * disabled + * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form +@@ -1278,7 +4445,7 @@ enum nl80211_meshconf_params { + */ + enum nl80211_txq_attr { + __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID, +- NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE, ++ NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC, + NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP, + NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN, + NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX, +@@ -1289,13 +4456,30 @@ enum nl80211_txq_attr { + NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 + }; + +-enum nl80211_txq_q { +- NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO, +- NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI, +- NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE, +- NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK ++enum nl80211_ac { ++ NL80211_AC_VO, ++ NL80211_AC_VI, ++ NL80211_AC_BE, ++ NL80211_AC_BK, ++ NL80211_NUM_ACS + }; + ++/* backward compat */ ++#define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC ++#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO ++#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI ++#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE ++#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type ++ * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel ++ * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel ++ * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel ++ * below the control channel ++ * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel ++ * above the control channel ++ */ + enum nl80211_channel_type { + NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT, + NL80211_CHAN_HT20, +@@ -1303,22 +4487,136 @@ enum nl80211_channel_type { + NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS + }; + ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode ++ * ++ * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default) ++ * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately ++ * ++ * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the ++ * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: ++ * ++ * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: ++ * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet ++ * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: ++ * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes ++ * the preferred Tx key for the station. ++ */ ++enum nl80211_key_mode { ++ NL80211_KEY_RX_TX, ++ NL80211_KEY_NO_TX, ++ NL80211_KEY_SET_TX ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions ++ * ++ * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH ++ * attribute. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel ++ * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel ++ * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 ++ * attribute must be provided as well ++ * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 ++ * attribute must be provided as well ++ * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 ++ * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well ++ * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 ++ * attribute must be provided as well ++ * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel ++ * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel ++ * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel ++ * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel ++ * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel ++ * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel ++ * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel ++ */ ++enum nl80211_chan_width { ++ NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT, ++ NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20, ++ NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40, ++ NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80, ++ NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80, ++ NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160, ++ NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5, ++ NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10, ++ NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1, ++ NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2, ++ NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4, ++ NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8, ++ NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16, ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS ++ * ++ * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible ++ * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide ++ * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide ++ * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide ++ * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide ++ */ ++enum nl80211_bss_scan_width { ++ NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, ++ NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10, ++ NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5, ++ NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1, ++ NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2, ++}; ++ + /** + * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS + * + * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid ++ * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets) + * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32) + * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64) ++ * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be ++ * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon ++ * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from) + * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16) + * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16) + * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the +- * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin) ++ * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin); ++ * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is ++ * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise ++ * they are from a Beacon frame. ++ * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these ++ * IEs may be from either frame subtype. ++ * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the ++ * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics. + * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon + * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32) + * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon + * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8) + * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used" + * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms ++ * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information ++ * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has ++ * yet been received ++ * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel ++ * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) ++ * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64) ++ * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet) ++ * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and ++ * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute) ++ * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry ++ * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be ++ * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds) ++ * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment ++ * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first ++ * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for ++ * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by ++ * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64). ++ * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF ++ * is set. ++ * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update. ++ * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm), ++ * using the nesting index as the antenna number. ++ * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz + * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal + * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute + */ +@@ -1334,6 +4632,16 @@ enum nl80211_bss { + NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC, + NL80211_BSS_STATUS, + NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO, ++ NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES, ++ NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH, ++ NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF, ++ NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA, ++ NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME, ++ NL80211_BSS_PAD, ++ NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF, ++ NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID, ++ NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL, ++ NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, + + /* keep last */ + __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST, +@@ -1342,6 +4650,15 @@ enum nl80211_bss { + + /** + * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status" ++ * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS. ++ * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer ++ * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with ++ * a given BSS. ++ * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS. ++ * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS. ++ * ++ * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which ++ * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS. + */ + enum nl80211_bss_status { + NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED, +@@ -1356,6 +4673,10 @@ enum nl80211_bss_status { + * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only) + * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r) + * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP) ++ * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals ++ * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key ++ * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS ++ * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key + * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal + * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm + * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by +@@ -1367,6 +4688,10 @@ enum nl80211_auth_type { + NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY, + NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT, + NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP, ++ NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE, ++ NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK, ++ NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS, ++ NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK, + + /* keep last */ + __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM, +@@ -1379,26 +4704,49 @@ enum nl80211_auth_type { + * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key + * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key + * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS) ++ * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types + */ + enum nl80211_key_type { + NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP, + NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE, + NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY, ++ ++ NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES + }; + + /** + * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state + * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used + * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required ++ * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional + */ + enum nl80211_mfp { + NL80211_MFP_NO, + NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED, ++ NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL, + }; + + enum nl80211_wpa_versions { + NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0, + NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1, ++ NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2, ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types ++ * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid ++ * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default ++ * unicast key ++ * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default ++ * multicast key ++ * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types ++ */ ++enum nl80211_key_default_types { ++ __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID, ++ NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST, ++ NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST, ++ ++ NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES + }; + + /** +@@ -1414,6 +4762,16 @@ enum nl80211_wpa_versions { + * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian + * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key + * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key ++ * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not ++ * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was ++ * given with the command using the key or not (u32) ++ * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags ++ * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. ++ * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. ++ * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode. ++ * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX. ++ * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key ++ * + * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal + * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute + */ +@@ -1425,10 +4783,2359 @@ enum nl80211_key_attributes { + NL80211_KEY_SEQ, + NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT, + NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, ++ NL80211_KEY_TYPE, ++ NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, ++ NL80211_KEY_MODE, ++ NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON, + + /* keep last */ + __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST, + NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1 + }; + ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes ++ * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid ++ * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection ++ * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with ++ * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most ++ * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array). ++ * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection ++ * in an array of MCS numbers. ++ * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection, ++ * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht ++ * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi ++ * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection, ++ * see &struct nl80211_txrate_he ++ * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us. ++ * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF. ++ * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal ++ * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute ++ */ ++enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes { ++ __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID, ++ NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY, ++ NL80211_TXRATE_HT, ++ NL80211_TXRATE_VHT, ++ NL80211_TXRATE_GI, ++ NL80211_TXRATE_HE, ++ NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI, ++ NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF, ++ ++ /* keep last */ ++ __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST, ++ NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1 ++}; ++ ++#define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT ++#define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8 ++ ++/** ++ * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap ++ * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) ++ */ ++struct nl80211_txrate_vht { ++ __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; ++}; ++ ++#define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX 8 ++/** ++ * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap ++ * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) ++ */ ++struct nl80211_txrate_he { ++ __u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; ++}; ++ ++enum nl80211_txrate_gi { ++ NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI, ++ NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI, ++ NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI, ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band ++ * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band ++ * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz) ++ * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz) ++ * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz) ++ * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs ++ * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace ++ * since newer kernel versions may support more bands ++ */ ++enum nl80211_band { ++ NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, ++ NL80211_BAND_5GHZ, ++ NL80211_BAND_60GHZ, ++ NL80211_BAND_6GHZ, ++ NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ, ++ ++ NUM_NL80211_BANDS, ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state ++ * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled ++ * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled ++ */ ++enum nl80211_ps_state { ++ NL80211_PS_DISABLED, ++ NL80211_PS_ENABLED, ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes ++ * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies ++ * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero ++ * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is ++ * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of ++ * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value ++ * crosses any of the thresholds. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies ++ * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a ++ * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation). ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many ++ * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures ++ * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an ++ * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is ++ * checked. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic ++ * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an ++ * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon ++ * loss event ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the ++ * RSSI threshold event. ++ * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute ++ */ ++enum nl80211_attr_cqm { ++ __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID, ++ NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD, ++ NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST, ++ NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT, ++ NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT, ++ NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE, ++ NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS, ++ NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL, ++ NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, ++ NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL, ++ ++ /* keep last */ ++ __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST, ++ NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1 ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event ++ * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the ++ * configured threshold ++ * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the ++ * configured threshold ++ * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent) ++ */ ++enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event { ++ NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW, ++ NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH, ++ NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, ++}; ++ ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment ++ * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power ++ * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter ++ * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter ++ */ ++enum nl80211_tx_power_setting { ++ NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC, ++ NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED, ++ NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED, ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state ++ * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID ++ * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID ++ */ ++enum nl80211_tid_config { ++ NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE, ++ NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE, ++}; ++ ++/* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type ++ * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate ++ * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter ++ * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter ++ */ ++enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting { ++ NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC, ++ NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED, ++ NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED, ++}; ++ ++/* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration. ++ * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values ++ * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported ++ * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic ++ * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE). ++ * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but ++ * per peer instead. ++ * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribue, if set indicates ++ * that the new configuration overrides all previous peer ++ * configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations ++ * should be left untouched. ++ * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7) ++ * Its type is u16. ++ * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID. ++ * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config. ++ * Its type is u8. ++ * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame ++ * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in ++ * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and ++ * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on ++ * output in wiphy capabilities. ++ * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame ++ * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in ++ * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and ++ * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on ++ * output in wiphy capabilities. ++ * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation ++ * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. ++ * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. ++ * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs ++ * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using ++ * the values from &nl80211_tid_config. ++ * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation ++ * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. ++ * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. ++ * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful ++ * to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used ++ * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using ++ * the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting. ++ * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied ++ * with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES. ++ * configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected ++ * station. ++ */ ++enum nl80211_tid_config_attr { ++ __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID, ++ NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD, ++ NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP, ++ NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP, ++ NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE, ++ NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, ++ NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK, ++ NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT, ++ NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG, ++ NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL, ++ NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL, ++ NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL, ++ NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE, ++ NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE, ++ ++ /* keep last */ ++ __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, ++ NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute ++ * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute ++ * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has ++ * a zero bit are ignored ++ * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have ++ * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds ++ * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are ++ * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern ++ * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask. ++ * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where ++ * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of ++ * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01". ++ * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not ++ * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked ++ * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched. ++ * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after ++ * these fixed number of bytes of received packet ++ * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes ++ * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number ++ */ ++enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr { ++ __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID, ++ NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK, ++ NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN, ++ NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET, ++ ++ NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT, ++ MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1, ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information ++ * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported ++ * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern ++ * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern ++ * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset ++ * ++ * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when ++ * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given ++ * by the kernel to userspace. ++ */ ++struct nl80211_pattern_support { ++ __u32 max_patterns; ++ __u32 min_pattern_len; ++ __u32 max_pattern_len; ++ __u32 max_pkt_offset; ++} __attribute__((packed)); ++ ++/* only for backward compatibility */ ++#define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID ++#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK ++#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN ++#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET ++#define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT ++#define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT ++#define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions ++ * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes ++ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put ++ * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have ++ * support for low-power operation already (flag) ++ * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if ++ * any others are even supported by the device. ++ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect ++ * is detected is implementation-specific (flag) ++ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed ++ * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag) ++ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns ++ * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute ++ * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern. ++ * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with ++ * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is ++ * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the ++ * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU. ++ * ++ * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute ++ * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support. ++ * ++ * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based ++ * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed ++ * to the kernel when configuring. ++ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be ++ * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported ++ * by the device (flag) ++ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if ++ * done by the device) (flag) ++ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request ++ * packet (flag) ++ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag) ++ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released ++ * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag) ++ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains ++ * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame ++ * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN ++ * attribute contains the original length. ++ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11 ++ * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211 ++ * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. ++ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the ++ * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may ++ * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute ++ * contains the original length. ++ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3 ++ * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023 ++ * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. ++ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section ++ * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute ++ * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive ++ * the TCP connection. ++ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the ++ * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection ++ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the ++ * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established ++ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only, ++ * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the ++ * service ++ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network ++ * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the ++ * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It ++ * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the ++ * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan ++ * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This ++ * attribute is also sent in a response to ++ * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets ++ * supported by the driver (u32). ++ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute ++ * containing an array with information about what triggered the ++ * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means ++ * that the information is not available. If more than one ++ * element is present, it means that more than one match ++ * occurred. ++ * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains ++ * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of ++ * these attributes must be present. If ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one ++ * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one ++ * channel. ++ * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers ++ * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number ++ * ++ * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and ++ * to report the wakeup reason(s). ++ */ ++enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers { ++ __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID, ++ NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY, ++ NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT, ++ NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT, ++ NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN, ++ NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED, ++ NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE, ++ NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST, ++ NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE, ++ NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE, ++ NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211, ++ NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN, ++ NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023, ++ NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN, ++ NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION, ++ NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH, ++ NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST, ++ NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS, ++ NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT, ++ NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS, ++ ++ /* keep last */ ++ NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG, ++ MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1 ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * DOC: TCP connection wakeup ++ * ++ * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a ++ * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If ++ * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given ++ * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data ++ * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK. ++ * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence ++ * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also ++ * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive ++ * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc. ++ * ++ * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the ++ * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern ++ * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the ++ * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is ++ * also woken up. ++ * ++ * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP ++ * response packets might not go through correctly. ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence ++ * @start: starting value ++ * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet ++ * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4 ++ * ++ * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the ++ * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet ++ * in little endian. ++ */ ++struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq { ++ __u32 start, offset, len; ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config ++ * @offset: offset of token in packet ++ * @len: length of each token ++ * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must ++ * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense ++ */ ++struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token { ++ __u32 offset, len; ++ __u8 token_stream[]; ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features ++ * @min_len: minimum token length ++ * @max_len: maximum token length ++ * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream) ++ */ ++struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature { ++ __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize; ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters ++ * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes ++ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order) ++ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address ++ * (in network byte order) ++ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because ++ * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend, ++ * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it ++ * might require ARP querying. ++ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a ++ * socket and port will be allocated ++ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16) ++ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte. ++ * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length ++ * of the data payload. ++ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration ++ * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature ++ * advertising it is just a flag ++ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration, ++ * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see ++ * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature. ++ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum ++ * interval in feature advertising (u32) ++ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a ++ * u32 attribute holding the maximum length ++ * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for ++ * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK ++ * but on the TCP payload only. ++ * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes ++ * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number ++ */ ++enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs { ++ __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID, ++ NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4, ++ NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4, ++ NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC, ++ NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT, ++ NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT, ++ NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD, ++ NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ, ++ NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN, ++ NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL, ++ NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD, ++ NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK, ++ ++ /* keep last */ ++ NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP, ++ MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1 ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information ++ * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported ++ * @pat: packet pattern support information ++ * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs ++ * ++ * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the ++ * capability information given by the kernel to userspace. ++ */ ++struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support { ++ __u32 max_rules; ++ struct nl80211_pattern_support pat; ++ __u32 max_delay; ++} __attribute__((packed)); ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute ++ * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence, ++ * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched ++ * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet ++ * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number ++ */ ++enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule { ++ __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID, ++ NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY, ++ NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION, ++ NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN, ++ ++ /* keep last */ ++ NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, ++ NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1 ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions ++ * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns ++ * in a rule are matched. ++ * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns ++ * in a rule are not matched. ++ */ ++enum nl80211_coalesce_condition { ++ NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH, ++ NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes ++ * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved) ++ * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that ++ * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32) ++ * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a ++ * flag attribute for each interface type in this set ++ * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes ++ * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number ++ */ ++enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs { ++ NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC, ++ NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX, ++ NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES, ++ ++ /* keep last */ ++ NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT, ++ MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1 ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes ++ * ++ * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved) ++ * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits ++ * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs. ++ * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of ++ * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't ++ * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed ++ * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE. ++ * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that ++ * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for ++ * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt ++ * the infrastructure network's beacon interval. ++ * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many ++ * different channels may be used within this group. ++ * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap ++ * of supported channel widths for radar detection. ++ * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap ++ * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection. ++ * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of ++ * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations ++ * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical). ++ * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes ++ * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number ++ * ++ * Examples: ++ * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2 ++ * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs ++ * ++ * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8, ++ * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd ++ * ++ * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2 ++ * => allows two STAs on different channels ++ * ++ * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4 ++ * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces ++ * ++ * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained ++ * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate ++ * that any of these groups must match. ++ * ++ * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here, ++ * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always ++ * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid ++ * interface type, the following group always exists: ++ * numbers = [ #{} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1 ++ */ ++enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs { ++ NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC, ++ NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS, ++ NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM, ++ NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH, ++ NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS, ++ NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS, ++ NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS, ++ NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD, ++ ++ /* keep last */ ++ NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB, ++ MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1 ++}; ++ ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine ++ * ++ * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit ++ * state of non existent mesh peer links ++ * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to ++ * this mesh peer ++ * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received ++ * from this mesh peer ++ * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been ++ * received from this mesh peer ++ * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established ++ * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled ++ * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh ++ * plink are discarded ++ * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states ++ * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states ++ */ ++enum nl80211_plink_state { ++ NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN, ++ NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT, ++ NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD, ++ NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD, ++ NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB, ++ NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING, ++ NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED, ++ ++ /* keep last */ ++ NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES, ++ MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1 ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers ++ * ++ * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action ++ * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment ++ * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer ++ * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions ++ */ ++enum plink_actions { ++ NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION, ++ NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN, ++ NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK, ++ ++ NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS, ++}; ++ ++ ++#define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16 ++#define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16 ++#define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN 24 ++#define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN 32 ++#define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8 ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload ++ * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes ++ * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary) ++ * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary) ++ * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary) ++ * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type) ++ * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal) ++ * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal) ++ */ ++enum nl80211_rekey_data { ++ __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID, ++ NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK, ++ NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK, ++ NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR, ++ NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM, ++ ++ /* keep last */ ++ NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA, ++ MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1 ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID ++ * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in ++ * Beacon frames) ++ * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element ++ * in Beacon frames ++ * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID ++ * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID ++ */ ++enum nl80211_hidden_ssid { ++ NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE, ++ NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN, ++ NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes ++ * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute ++ * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format ++ * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field. ++ * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same ++ * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down). ++ * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal ++ * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute ++ */ ++enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr { ++ __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID, ++ NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES, ++ NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP, ++ ++ /* keep last */ ++ __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST, ++ NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1 ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates ++ * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes ++ * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher ++ * priority) ++ * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets) ++ * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag) ++ * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes ++ * (internal) ++ * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute ++ * (internal) ++ */ ++enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr { ++ __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID, ++ NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX, ++ NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID, ++ NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH, ++ ++ /* keep last */ ++ NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, ++ MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1 ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION ++ * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request ++ * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link ++ * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established ++ * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link ++ * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link ++ */ ++enum nl80211_tdls_operation { ++ NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ, ++ NL80211_TDLS_SETUP, ++ NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN, ++ NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK, ++ NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK, ++}; ++ ++/* ++ * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features ++ * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in ++ * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet. ++enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { ++}; ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features ++ * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back ++ * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the ++ * socket option. ++ * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates. ++ * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up ++ * the connected inactive stations in AP mode. ++ * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested ++ * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from ++ * cellular base stations. ++ * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only ++ * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility) ++ * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of ++ * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station ++ * mode ++ * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan ++ * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported ++ * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif ++ * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting ++ * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform ++ * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only ++ * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied. ++ * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window ++ * setting ++ * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic ++ * powersave ++ * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state ++ * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver ++ * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding ++ * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated ++ * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag ++ * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply ++ * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized ++ * states using station flags. ++ * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add ++ * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated ++ * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask. ++ * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits ++ * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set ++ * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh ++ * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for ++ * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is ++ * still generated by the driver. ++ * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor ++ * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor ++ * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming ++ * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed. ++ * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic ++ * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the ++ * lifetime of a BSS. ++ * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter ++ * Set IE to probe requests. ++ * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE ++ * to probe requests. ++ * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period ++ * requests sent to it by an AP. ++ * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the ++ * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum ++ * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link ++ * Measurement Report action frame. ++ * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout ++ * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used ++ * to enable dynack. ++ * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial ++ * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain ++ * even on HT connections that should be using more chains. ++ * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial ++ * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain ++ * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example, ++ * rts/cts handshake. ++ * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM ++ * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS ++ * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it ++ * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things. ++ * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring ++ * the vif's MAC address upon creation. ++ * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h). ++ * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when ++ * operating as a TDLS peer. ++ * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a ++ * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the ++ * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC ++ * address mask/value will be used. ++ * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports ++ * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled ++ * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may ++ * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. ++ * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a ++ * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e. ++ * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may ++ * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. ++ */ ++enum nl80211_feature_flags { ++ NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, ++ NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1, ++ NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2, ++ NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3, ++ NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4, ++ NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5, ++ NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6, ++ NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7, ++ NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8, ++ NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9, ++ NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10, ++ NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11, ++ NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12, ++ /* bit 13 is reserved */ ++ NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14, ++ NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15, ++ NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16, ++ NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17, ++ NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18, ++ NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19, ++ NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20, ++ NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21, ++ NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22, ++ NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23, ++ NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24, ++ NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25, ++ NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26, ++ NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27, ++ NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28, ++ NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29, ++ NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30, ++ NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31, ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features. ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates. ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can ++ * request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with ++ * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set ++ * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if ++ * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized. ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air ++ * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from ++ * certain groups which can be configured by the ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute, ++ * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute. ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual ++ * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of ++ * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to ++ * (if available). ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the ++ * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the ++ * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to ++ * (if available). ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of ++ * channel dwell time. ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate ++ * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate. ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate ++ * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates. ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate ++ * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates. ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup ++ * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode. ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA ++ * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated. ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports ++ * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated. ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan ++ * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS ++ * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI). ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more ++ * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold. ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key ++ * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way ++ * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect ++ * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported. ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way ++ * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host ++ * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not ++ * be supported. ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding ++ * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the ++ * actual dwell time. ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe ++ * response ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending ++ * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps. ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports ++ * probe request tx deferral and suppression ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL ++ * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP. ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan. ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan. ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan. ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions. ++ * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself, ++ * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event, ++ * channel change triggered by radar detection event. ++ * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to ++ * "radar detected" event. ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and ++ * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice. ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports ++ * (average) ACK signal strength reporting. ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate ++ * TXQs. ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the ++ * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN. ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data ++ * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested ++ * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag. ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine ++ * timing measurement responder role. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are ++ * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys ++ * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or ++ * freeze the connection. ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for ++ * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime ++ * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness ++ * scheduling. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching ++ * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports ++ * filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power ++ * to a station. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in ++ * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command). ++ * ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev ++ * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using ++ * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL) ++ * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission ++ * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection ++ * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7. ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon ++ * protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the ++ * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then ++ * handled as ordinary data frames. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames ++ * ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations ++ * in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations ++ * are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and ++ * reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to ++ * report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be ++ * included in the scan request. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver ++ * can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating ++ * Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way ++ * handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP ++ * command). ++ * ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication ++ * in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command). ++ * ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery ++ * frames transmission ++ * ++ * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports ++ * unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission ++ * ++ * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features. ++ * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index. ++ */ ++enum nl80211_ext_feature_index { ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, ++ /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY, ++ NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, ++ ++ /* add new features before the definition below */ ++ NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, ++ MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1 ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported ++ * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW. ++ * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute. ++ * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported ++ * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a ++ * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded ++ * to the host. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1 ++ * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2 ++ * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P ++ * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u ++ */ ++enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr { ++ NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0, ++ NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1, ++ NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2, ++ NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3, ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons ++ * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be ++ * handled by the AP is reached. ++ * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL. ++ */ ++enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason { ++ NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS, ++ NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT, ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons ++ * ++ * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified. ++ * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out. ++ * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out. ++ * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out. ++ */ ++enum nl80211_timeout_reason { ++ NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED, ++ NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN, ++ NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH, ++ NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC, ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags ++ * ++ * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling ++ * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN ++ * requests. ++ * ++ * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and ++ * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only ++ * one of them can be used in the request. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority ++ * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning ++ * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured ++ * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is ++ * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames ++ * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only ++ * when really needed ++ * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or ++ * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the ++ * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and ++ * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only ++ * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder ++ * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits, ++ * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed. ++ * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check ++ * the nl80211 feature flags for the device. ++ * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS ++ * request parameters IE in the probe request ++ * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses ++ * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at ++ * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel, ++ * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate. ++ * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request ++ * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms) ++ * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame, ++ * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers ++ * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of ++ * SSID and/or RSSI. ++ * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to ++ * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the ++ * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver ++ * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get ++ * impacted with this flag. ++ * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume ++ * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to ++ * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag. ++ * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan ++ * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum ++ * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best ++ * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning. ++ * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag. ++ * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe ++ * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being ++ * possible. ++ * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to ++ * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless ++ * added by userspace explicitly.) ++ * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included. ++ * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for colocated APs reported by ++ * 2.4/5 GHz APs ++ */ ++enum nl80211_scan_flags { ++ NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0, ++ NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1, ++ NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2, ++ NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3, ++ NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4, ++ NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5, ++ NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6, ++ NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7, ++ NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8, ++ NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9, ++ NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10, ++ NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11, ++ NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12, ++ NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ = 1<<13, ++ NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ = 1<<14, ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy ++ * ++ * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by ++ * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to ++ * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are ++ * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed ++ * in ACL to authenticate. ++ * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed ++ * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL. ++ */ ++enum nl80211_acl_policy { ++ NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED, ++ NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED, ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode ++ * ++ * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode) ++ * ++ * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas). ++ * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna) ++ * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and ++ * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS). ++ */ ++enum nl80211_smps_mode { ++ NL80211_SMPS_OFF, ++ NL80211_SMPS_STATIC, ++ NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, ++ ++ __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST, ++ NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1 ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation ++ * ++ * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace ++ * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC) ++ * ++ * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is ++ * now unusable. ++ * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished, ++ * the channel is now available. ++ * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no ++ * change to the channel status. ++ * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is ++ * over, channel becomes usable. ++ * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this ++ * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must ++ * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not ++ * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever. ++ * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started, ++ * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled. ++ */ ++enum nl80211_radar_event { ++ NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED, ++ NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED, ++ NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED, ++ NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED, ++ NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED, ++ NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED, ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels ++ * ++ * Channel states used by the DFS code. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability ++ * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS. ++ * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it ++ * is therefore marked as not available. ++ * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available. ++ */ ++enum nl80211_dfs_state { ++ NL80211_DFS_USABLE, ++ NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE, ++ NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE, ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features ++ * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting ++ * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the ++ * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or ++ * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV. ++ */ ++enum nl80211_protocol_features { ++ NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0, ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers ++ * ++ * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified. ++ * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol. ++ * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol. ++ * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol. ++ * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last. ++ */ ++enum nl80211_crit_proto_id { ++ NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC, ++ NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP, ++ NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL, ++ NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA, ++ /* add other protocols before this one */ ++ NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO ++}; ++ ++/* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */ ++#define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */ ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame. ++ * ++ * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt() ++ * ++ * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver. ++ * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload ++ * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that ++ * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace ++ * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE). ++ */ ++enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags { ++ NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0, ++ NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1, ++}; ++ ++/* ++ * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set ++ * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated ++ * yet, so that's not valid so far) ++ */ ++#define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000 ++ ++/** ++ * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data ++ * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the ++ * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID ++ * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be ++ * added to this file when needed. ++ * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command ++ */ ++struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info { ++ __u32 vendor_id; ++ __u32 subcmd; ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags. ++ * ++ * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need ++ * to be added to TDLS Setup frames. ++ * ++ * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable. ++ * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable. ++ * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable. ++ */ ++enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability { ++ NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0, ++ NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1, ++ NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2, ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan ++ * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved ++ * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In ++ * seconds (u32). ++ * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this ++ * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute ++ * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will ++ * make the scan plan meaningless. ++ * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number ++ * currently defined ++ * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use ++ */ ++enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan { ++ __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID, ++ NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, ++ NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, ++ ++ /* keep last */ ++ __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST, ++ NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX = ++ __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1 ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters. ++ * ++ * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value ++ * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band. ++ * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB. ++ */ ++struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust { ++ __u8 band; ++ __s8 delta; ++} __attribute__((packed)); ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection. ++ * ++ * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved. ++ * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection ++ * is requested. ++ * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS ++ * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred. ++ * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver ++ * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of ++ * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32). ++ * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for ++ * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing ++ * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure ++ * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. ++ * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number. ++ * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use. ++ * ++ * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT ++ * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour ++ * which the driver shall use. ++ */ ++enum nl80211_bss_select_attr { ++ __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID, ++ NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI, ++ NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF, ++ NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, ++ ++ /* keep last */ ++ __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, ++ NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type ++ * ++ * Defines the function type of a NAN function ++ * ++ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish ++ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe ++ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up ++ */ ++enum nl80211_nan_function_type { ++ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, ++ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE, ++ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, ++ ++ /* keep last */ ++ __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST, ++ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1, ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type ++ * ++ * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames ++ * ++ * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited ++ * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited ++ */ ++enum nl80211_nan_publish_type { ++ NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0, ++ NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1, ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason ++ * ++ * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function ++ * ++ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user ++ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout ++ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored ++ */ ++enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason { ++ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST, ++ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED, ++ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR, ++}; ++ ++#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6 ++#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff ++#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes ++ * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid ++ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8). ++ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as ++ * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute. ++ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is ++ * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery ++ * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8. ++ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited ++ * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to ++ * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag. ++ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is ++ * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag. ++ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up. ++ * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8. ++ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type ++ * is follow up. This is a u8. ++ * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. ++ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the ++ * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute. ++ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a ++ * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device. ++ * This is a flag. ++ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should ++ * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32. ++ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service ++ * specific info. This is a binary attribute. ++ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute. ++ * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes. ++ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested ++ * attribute. It is a list of binary values. ++ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a ++ * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values. ++ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function. ++ * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0. ++ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason. ++ * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason. ++ * ++ * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal ++ * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute ++ */ ++enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes { ++ __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID, ++ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE, ++ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID, ++ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE, ++ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST, ++ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE, ++ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID, ++ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID, ++ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST, ++ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE, ++ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL, ++ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO, ++ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF, ++ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER, ++ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER, ++ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID, ++ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON, ++ ++ /* keep last */ ++ NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR, ++ NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1 ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes ++ * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid ++ * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set. ++ * This is a flag. ++ * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if ++ * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary. ++ * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if ++ * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8. ++ * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if ++ * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested ++ * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address. ++ * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal ++ * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute ++ */ ++enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes { ++ __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID, ++ NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE, ++ NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF, ++ NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX, ++ NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS, ++ ++ /* keep last */ ++ NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR, ++ NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1, ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes ++ * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid ++ * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the ++ * match. This is a nested attribute. ++ * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. ++ * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function ++ * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute. ++ * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. ++ * ++ * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal ++ * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute ++ */ ++enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes { ++ __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID, ++ NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL, ++ NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER, ++ ++ /* keep last */ ++ NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR, ++ NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1 ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external ++ * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION. ++ * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication. ++ * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication. ++ */ ++enum nl80211_external_auth_action { ++ NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START, ++ NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT, ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement ++ * responder attributes ++ * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid ++ * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled ++ * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element ++ * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10), ++ * i.e. starting with the measurement token ++ * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element ++ * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13), ++ * i.e. starting with the measurement token ++ * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal ++ * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute. ++ */ ++enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes { ++ __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, ++ ++ NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED, ++ NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, ++ NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, ++ ++ /* keep last */ ++ __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST, ++ NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1, ++}; ++ ++/* ++ * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics ++ * ++ * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS ++ * when getting FTM responder statistics. ++ * ++ * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved ++ * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames ++ * were ssfully answered (u32) ++ * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the ++ * frames were successfully answered (u32) ++ * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32) ++ * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32) ++ * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32) ++ * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an ++ * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec) ++ * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers - ++ * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation ++ * phase with the responder (u32) ++ * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests ++ * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled ++ * FTM slot (u32) ++ * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of ++ * scheduled window (u32) ++ * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore ++ * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal ++ * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute ++ */ ++enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats { ++ __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID, ++ NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM, ++ NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM, ++ NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM, ++ NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM, ++ NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM, ++ NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC, ++ NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM, ++ NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM, ++ NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM, ++ NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD, ++ ++ /* keep last */ ++ __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST, ++ NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1 ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types ++ * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble ++ * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble ++ * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble ++ * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble ++ * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble ++ */ ++enum nl80211_preamble { ++ NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY, ++ NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT, ++ NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT, ++ NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG, ++ NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE, ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use ++ * these numbers also for attributes ++ * ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement ++ * ++ * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number ++ */ ++enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type { ++ NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID, ++ ++ NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM, ++ ++ NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES, ++ NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1 ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent ++ * reason may be available in the response data ++ */ ++enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status { ++ NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS, ++ NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED, ++ NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT, ++ NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE, ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes ++ * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid ++ * ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement ++ * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the ++ * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement__req. ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported ++ * (flag attribute) ++ * ++ * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number ++ */ ++enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req { ++ __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, ++ ++ NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA, ++ NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF, ++ ++ /* keep last */ ++ NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS, ++ NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1 ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes ++ * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid ++ * ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement ++ * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums ++ * named nl80211_peer_measurement__resp. ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status ++ * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.) ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the ++ * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to ++ * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds) ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface ++ * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured. ++ * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested ++ * (u64, usec) ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially ++ * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but ++ * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single ++ * result. ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore ++ * ++ * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number ++ */ ++enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp { ++ __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, ++ ++ NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA, ++ NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS, ++ NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME, ++ NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF, ++ NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL, ++ NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD, ++ ++ /* keep last */ ++ NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS, ++ NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1 ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement ++ * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid ++ * ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level ++ * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc. ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by ++ * measurement type, with attributes from the ++ * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside. ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by ++ * measurement type, with attributes from the ++ * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside. ++ * ++ * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number ++ */ ++enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs { ++ __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID, ++ ++ NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR, ++ NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN, ++ NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ, ++ NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP, ++ ++ /* keep last */ ++ NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS, ++ NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1, ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes ++ * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid ++ * ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability ++ * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers ++ * measurements can be done with in a single request ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability ++ * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in ++ * measurement results ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability ++ * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported. ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device, ++ * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and ++ * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums ++ * named nl80211_peer_measurement__capa. ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is ++ * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the ++ * sub-attributes taken from ++ * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs. ++ * ++ * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number ++ */ ++enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs { ++ __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID, ++ ++ NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS, ++ NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF, ++ NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR, ++ NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA, ++ NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS, ++ ++ /* keep last */ ++ NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR, ++ NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1 ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities ++ * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid ++ * ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode ++ * is supported ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP ++ * mode is supported ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI ++ * data can be requested during the measurement ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic ++ * location data can be requested during the measurement ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits ++ * from &enum nl80211_preamble. ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from ++ * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel ++ * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be ++ * configured to allow for other measurements types with different ++ * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement. ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating ++ * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything ++ * is valid) ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating ++ * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid) ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if ++ * trigger based ranging measurement is supported ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating ++ * if non trigger based ranging measurement is supported ++ * ++ * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number ++ */ ++enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa { ++ __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID, ++ ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, ++ ++ /* keep last */ ++ NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1 ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes ++ * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid ++ * ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag) ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see ++ * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32) ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in ++ * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element" ++ * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference") ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units ++ * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0) ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016 ++ * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with ++ * default 15 i.e. "no preference") ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames ++ * requested per burst ++ * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference") ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries ++ * (u8, default 3) ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag) ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data ++ * (flag) ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging ++ * measurement (flag). ++ * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are ++ * mutually exclusive. ++ * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor ++ * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based ++ * ranging will be used. ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non trigger based ++ * ranging measurement (flag) ++ * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are ++ * mutually exclusive. ++ * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor ++ * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based ++ * ranging will be used. ++ * ++ * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number ++ */ ++enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req { ++ __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, ++ ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, ++ ++ /* keep last */ ++ NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1 ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is ++ * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd ++ * try and get no response) ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps ++ * received ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry ++ * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME) ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed ++ * by the peer and are no longer supported ++ */ ++enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons { ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS, ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes ++ * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid ++ * ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason ++ * (u32, optional) ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported ++ * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and ++ * the top level will indicate partial results (u32) ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames ++ * transmitted (u32, optional) ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames ++ * that were acknowleged (u32, optional) ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the ++ * busy peer (u32, seconds) ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent ++ * used by the responder (similar to request, u8) ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by ++ * the responder (similar to request, u8) ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used ++ * by the responder (similar to request, u8) ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action ++ * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action ++ * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the ++ * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info ++ * attributes) ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM ++ * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs) ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional ++ * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that ++ * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds, ++ * optional) ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional ++ * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note ++ * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional) ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional); ++ * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 ++ * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement ++ * Type 8. ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer ++ * (binary, optional); ++ * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 ++ * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement ++ * Type 11. ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only ++ * ++ * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal ++ * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number ++ */ ++enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp { ++ __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, ++ ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD, ++ ++ /* keep last */ ++ NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR, ++ NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1 ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes ++ * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid ++ * ++ * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset. ++ * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset. ++ * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum ++ * tx power offset. ++ * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color ++ * values used by members of the SRG. ++ * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial ++ * BSSID values used by members of the SRG. ++ * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element. ++ * ++ * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal ++ * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute. ++ */ ++enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes { ++ __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID, ++ ++ NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET, ++ NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET, ++ NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET, ++ NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP, ++ NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP, ++ NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL, ++ ++ /* keep last */ ++ __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST, ++ NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1, ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes ++ * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid ++ * ++ * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color. ++ * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled. ++ * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used.. ++ * ++ * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal ++ * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute. ++ */ ++enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes { ++ __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID, ++ ++ NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR, ++ NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED, ++ NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL, ++ ++ /* keep last */ ++ __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST, ++ NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1, ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes ++ * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid ++ * ++ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag ++ * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in ++ * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES ++ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported ++ * AKM suites for the specified interface types. ++ * ++ * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal ++ * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute. ++ */ ++enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes { ++ __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID, ++ ++ NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES, ++ NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES, ++ ++ /* keep last */ ++ __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST, ++ NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1, ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration ++ * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. ++ * ++ * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid ++ * ++ * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU). ++ * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit) ++ * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU). ++ * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit) ++ * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action ++ * frame including the headers. ++ * ++ * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal ++ * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute ++ */ ++enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes { ++ __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID, ++ ++ NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN, ++ NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX, ++ NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL, ++ ++ /* keep last */ ++ __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST, ++ NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1 ++}; ++ ++/* ++ * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and ++ * mandatory fields. ++ */ ++#define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42 ++ ++/** ++ * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe ++ * response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz. ++ * ++ * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid ++ * ++ * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU). ++ * Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 ++ * 26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning). ++ * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response ++ * frame template (binary). ++ * ++ * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal ++ * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute ++ */ ++enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes { ++ __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, ++ ++ NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT, ++ NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL, ++ ++ /* keep last */ ++ __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST, ++ NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX = ++ __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1 ++}; + #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ diff --git a/recipes-testing/ti-wl18xx-calibrator/ti-wl18xx-calibrator/btgod-ng b/recipes-testing/ti-wl18xx-calibrator/ti-wl18xx-calibrator/btgod-ng new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a9f8c80 --- /dev/null +++ b/recipes-testing/ti-wl18xx-calibrator/ti-wl18xx-calibrator/btgod-ng @@ -0,0 +1,288 @@ +#!/bin/sh + +BTGOD=$(basename $0) + +BT_CHANNEL="" +BT_INTERFACE="hci0" +BT_TESTMODE=0 +BT_POWER=7 +BT_MODULATION=4 +BT_RXMODE=0 +BT_FREQMODE=1 +BT_ACLMODE=1 +BT_SINGLEFREQ=2 + + +die_here() { + + echo "$BTGOD: $1" + + exit 1 +} + +usage() { + echo "usage: $BTGOD [OPTION] start/stop" + echo "" + echo "General Options" + echo " -c bt channel (2402-2480, 0-39)" + echo " -t test mode BT test mode:" + echo " tx=1, rx=2, txrx=3" + echo " -p power (0-7) -> default: 7" + echo " -i hci interface -> default: hci0" + echo "" + echo "Tx Mode Options:" + echo "" + echo " -m modulation" + echo " 0 = CW" + echo " 1 = BT BR (GFSK)" + echo " 2 = BT EDR2MB(PI/4-DQPSK)" + echo " 3 = BT EDR3MB(8-DPSK)" + echo " 4 = BT LE (BLE,GFSK) -> default" + echo " 5 = ANT(GFSK)" + echo "" + echo "Rx Mode Options:" + echo "" + echo " -m modulation" + echo " 0 = CW" + echo " 1 = BT BR (GFSK)" + echo " 2 = BT EDR2MB(PI/4-DQPSK)" + echo " 3 = BT EDR3MB(8-DPSK)" + echo " 4 = BT LE (BLE,GFSK) -> default" + echo " 5 = ANT(GFSK)" + echo " -r Rx mode" + echo " 0 = Connection Mode -> default" + echo " 1 = Scan Mode" + echo "" + echo "TxRx Mode Options:" + echo "" + echo " -a ACL Tx Packet Type" + echo " 0 = DM1" + echo " 1 = DH1 -> default" + echo " 2 = DM3" + echo " 3 = DH3" + echo " 4 = DM5" + echo " 5 = DH5" + echo " 6 = 2-DH1" + echo " 7 = 2-DH3" + echo " 8 = 2-DH5" + echo " 9 = 3-DH1" + echo " a = 3-DH3" + echo " b = 3-DH5" + echo " -f Frequency Mode" + echo " 0 = Hopping" + echo " 1 = Single Frequency -> default" + echo " -s Single Frequency" + echo " 0 = only Tx on channel" + echo " 1 = only Rx on channel" + echo " 2 = TX and Rx on channel -> default" + echo "" + exit 0 +} + +channel_2_hex() { + local channel=$1 + + case "$channel" in + 2402|37) channel="0x62 0x09";; + 2404|0) channel="0x64 0x09";; + 2406|1) channel="0x66 0x09";; + 2408|2) channel="0x68 0x09";; + 2410|3) channel="0x6A 0x09";; + 2412|4) channel="0x6C 0x09";; + 2414|5) channel="0x6E 0x09";; + 2416|6) channel="0x70 0x09";; + 2418|7) channel="0x72 0x09";; + 2420|8) channel="0x74 0x09";; + 2422|9) channel="0x76 0x09";; + 2424|10) channel="0x78 0x09";; + 2426|38) channel="0x7A 0x09";; + 2428|11) channel="0x7C 0x09";; + 2430|12) channel="0x7E 0x09";; + 2432|13) channel="0x80 0x09";; + 2434|14) channel="0x82 0x09";; + 2436|15) channel="0x84 0x09";; + 2438|16) channel="0x86 0x09";; + 2440|17) channel="0x88 0x09";; + 2442|18) channel="0x8A 0x09";; + 2444|19) channel="0x8C 0x09";; + 2446|20) channel="0x8E 0x09";; + 2448|21) channel="0x90 0x09";; + 2450|22) channel="0x92 0x09";; + 2452|23) channel="0x94 0x09";; + 2454|24) channel="0x96 0x09";; + 2456|25) channel="0x98 0x09";; + 2458|26) channel="0x9A 0x09";; + 2460|27) channel="0x9C 0x09";; + 2462|28) channel="0x9E 0x09";; + 2464|29) channel="0xA0 0x09";; + 2466|30) channel="0xA2 0x09";; + 2468|31) channel="0xA4 0x09";; + 2470|32) channel="0xA6 0x09";; + 2472|33) channel="0xA8 0x09";; + 2474|34) channel="0xAA 0x09";; + 2476|35) channel="0xAC 0x09";; + 2478|36) channel="0xAE 0x09";; + 2480|39) channel="0xB0 0x09";; + *) channel="";; + esac + + echo "$channel" +} + +btgod_sanity_check() { + + if [ $BT_TESTMODE -eq 1 ]; then + case $BT_MODULATION in + 0|1|2|3|4|5) ;; + *) die_here "wrong BT Modulation given";; + esac + elif [ $BT_TESTMODE -eq 2 ]; then + case $BT_RXMODE in + 0);; + 1) BT_RXMODE=3;; + *) die_here "wrong BT RX mode given (0-1)";; + esac + + case $BT_MODULATION in + 0|1|2|3|4|5) ;; + *) die_here "wrong BT Modulation given (0-5)";; + esac + elif [ $BT_TESTMODE -eq 3 ]; then + case $BT_FREQMODE in + 0) ;; + 1) BT_FREQMODE=3;; + *) die_here "wrong BT Frequency mode given (0-1)";; + esac + + case $BT_ACLMODE in + 0|1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|a|b) ;; + *) die_here "wrong BT ACL mode given (0-a)";; + esac + + case $BT_SINGLEFREQ in + 0|1|2) ;; + *) die_here "wrong BT single fequency mode given (0-2)";; + esac + else + die_here "wrong BT Testmode given (1-3)" + fi + + BT_CHANNEL=$(channel_2_hex $BT_CHANNEL ) + if [ "x$BT_CHANNEL" = "x" ]; then + die_here "wrong channel given (2402-2480, 0-39)" + fi + + case $BT_POWER in + 0|1|2|3|4|5|6|7) ;; + *) die_here "wrong BT Power given (0-7)";; + esac + + +} + +btgod_stop() { + echo "--> run stop sequence" + + # STOP + sleep 1 + hcitool -i $BT_INTERFACE cmd 0x3f 0x0188 +} + +btgod_start_tx() { + echo "" + echo "Tx Mode: Modulation: $BT_MODULATION" + echo "" + + echo "--> run start Tx sequence" + + hcitool -i $BT_INTERFACE cmd 0x3f 0x01ca $BT_CHANNEL 0x0"$BT_MODULATION" 0x00 0x"$BT_POWER" 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 + +} + +btgod_start_rx() { + echo "" + echo "Rx Mode: $BT_RXMODE, Modulation: $BT_MODULATION" + echo "" + + echo "--> run start Rx sequence" + hcitool -i $BT_INTERFACE cmd 0x3f 0x01cb $BT_CHANNEL 0x0"$BT_RXMODE" 0x0"$BT_MODULATION" +} + +btgod_start_txrx() { + local rxchan="0xFF 0xFF" + local txchan="0xFF 0xFF" + + case $BT_SINGLEFREQ in + 0) txchan=$BT_CHANNEL;; + 1) rxchan=$BT_CHANNEL;; + 2) txchan=$BT_CHANNEL; rxchan=$BT_CHANNEL;; + esac + + echo "" + echo "ACL Tx packet type: $BT_ACLMODE, frequency mode: $BT_FREQMODE, Tx Channel: $txchan, Rx Channel: $rxchan, single freq: $BT_SINGLEFREQ" + echo "" + echo "--> run start txrx sequence" + + hcitool -i $BT_INTERFACE cmd 0x3f 0x01cc 0x0"$BT_ACLMODE" 0x0"$BT_FREQMODE" $txchan \ + $rxchan 0x02 0x00 0x1b 0x00 0x0"$BT_POWER" 0x01 0xff 0x01 +} + +btgod_start() { + hcitool -i $BT_INTERFACE cmd 0x03 0x001a 0x00 + sleep 1 + hcitool -i $BT_INTERFACE cmd 0x3f 0x01fb 0x01 0xff 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x01 + sleep 1 + + case $BT_TESTMODE in + 1) btgod_start_tx;; + 2) btgod_start_rx;; + 3) btgod_start_txrx;; + esac +} + +if [ $# -le 0 ]; then + usage +fi + +while getopts a:c:f:hi:m:p:r:s:t: OPT; do + case $OPT in + a) BT_ACLMODE=$OPTARG;; + c) BT_CHANNEL=$OPTARG;; + f) BT_FREQMODE=$OPTARG;; + h) usage;; + i) BT_INTERFACE="$OPTARG";; + m) BT_MODULATION=$OPTARG;; + p) BT_POWER=$OPTARG;; + r) BT_RXMODE=$OPTARG;; + s) BT_SINGLEFREQ=$OPTARG;; + t) BT_TESTMODE=$OPTARG;; + + *) ;; + esac +done +shift $(expr $OPTIND - 1) + +cli set bluez.0.status=2 bluez.1.status=2 +sleep 1 +echo "configure hci interface please wait" +for i in $(seq 0 240); do + cnt=$(ls /tmp/progress | wc -l) + if [ $cnt -eq 0 ]; then + break + fi + echo -n ".." + sleep 1 +done + +btgod_stop + +if [ "$1" != "start" ]; then + exit 0 +fi + + +btgod_sanity_check + +echo "channel: $BT_CHANNEL, test mode: $BT_TESTMODE, power: $BT_POWER" +echo "" +btgod_start diff --git a/recipes-testing/ti-wl18xx-calibrator/ti-wl18xx-calibrator/wgod-ng b/recipes-testing/ti-wl18xx-calibrator/ti-wl18xx-calibrator/wgod-ng new file mode 100644 index 0000000..98735b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/recipes-testing/ti-wl18xx-calibrator/ti-wl18xx-calibrator/wgod-ng @@ -0,0 +1,189 @@ +#!/bin/sh + +WGOD=$(basename $0) + +W_INTERFACE="wlan0" +W_TESTMODE=0 +W_SRCADDR="00:11:22:33:44:55" +W_DSTADDR="55:44:33:22:11:00" +W_BANDWIDTH=1 +W_CHANNEL=1 +W_POWER=20 +W_ANTENNA=0 +W_RATE=19 +W_SGI=0 + +die_here() { + echo "$WGOD: $1" + exit 1 +} + +usage() { + echo "usage: $WGOD [OPTION] start/stop" + echo "" + echo "General Options" + echo " -b bandwidth" + echo " 1 = 20MHz -> default" + echo " 2 = 40MHz-" + echo " 3 = 40MHz+" + echo " -c channel -> default: 1" + echo " -s source address -> default: 00:11:22:33:44:55" + echo " -d destination address -> default: 55:44:33:22:11:00" + echo " -t test mode test mode:" + echo " tx=1, rx=2" + echo " -i wlan interface -> default: wlan0" + echo "" + echo "Tx Mode Options:" + echo "" + echo " -a antenna selection" + echo " 0 = auto mode -> default" + echo " 1 = 1st antenna" + echo " 2 = 2nd antenna" + echo " 3 = both antennas" + echo " -g guard interval" + echo " 0 = long -> default" + echo " 1 = short" + echo " -p power 0-20 -> default: 20" + echo " -r rate" + echo " 0 = 1.0 Mbps" + echo " 1 = 2.0 Mbps" + echo " 2 = 5.0 Mbps" + echo " 3 = 11.0 Mbps" + echo " 4 = 6.0 Mbps" + echo " 5 = 9.0 Mbps" + echo " 6 = 12.0 Mbps" + echo " 7 = 18.0 Mbps" + echo " 8 = 24.0 Mbps" + echo " 9 = 36.0 Mbps" + echo " 10 = 48.0 Mbps" + echo " 11 = 54.0 Mbps" + echo " 12 = 6.5 Mbps" + echo " 13 = 13.0 Mbps" + echo " 14 = 19.5 Mbps" + echo " 15 = 26.0 Mbps" + echo " 16 = 39.0 Mbps" + echo " 17 = 52.0 Mbps" + echo " 18 = 58.5 Mbps" + echo " 19 = 65.0 Mbps -> default" + echo " 20 = MCS8 / MCS4 at 40MHz" + echo " 21 = MCS9 / MCS5 at 40MHz " + echo " 22 = MCS10 / MCS6 at 40MHz " + echo " 23 = MCS11 / MCS7 at 40MHz " + echo " 24 = MCS12 / MCS7,40MHz SGI " + echo " 25 = MCS13" + echo " 26 = MCS14" + echo " 27 = MCS15" + echo "" + exit 0 +} + +wgod_get_band() { + local channel=$1 + local band=0 + + if [ $channel -gt 30 ]; then + band=1 + fi + + echo $band +} + +wget_set_channel() { + local band=$(wgod_get_band $W_CHANNEL) + calibrator wlan0 wl18xx_plt tune_channel $W_CHANNEL $band $W_BANDWIDTH +} + +wget_set_power() { + local band=$(wgod_get_band $W_CHANNEL) + local power=$(expr $W_POWER * 1000) + local bandwidth=0 + + if [ $W_BANDWIDTH -eq 2 ]; then + bandwidth=1 + elif [ $W_BANDWIDTH -eq 3 ]; then + bandwidth=-1 + fi + + calibrator wlan0 wl18xx_plt set_tx_power $power 0 $band $W_CHANNEL $W_BANDWIDTH $W_ANTENNA \ + 0 0 0 0 0 0 +} + +wgod_stop_rx() { + + echo "--> run stop Rx sequence" + + calibrator $W_INTERFACE wl18xx_plt get_rx_stats 2> /dev/null + calibrator $W_INTERFACE wl18xx_plt stop_rx > /dev/null 2>&1 +} + +wgod_stop() { + echo "--> run stop sequence" + + if [ $W_TESTMODE -eq 2 ]; then + wgod_stop_rx + fi + + calibrator $W_INTERFACE plt power_mode off > /dev/null 2>&1 +} + +wgod_start_tx() { + local bandwidth=0 + echo "--> run start Tx sequence" + + wget_set_power + + if [ $W_BANDWIDTH -gt 1 ]; then + bandwidth=1 + fi + + calibrator $W_INTERFACE wl18xx_plt start_tx 400 $W_RATE 3000 0 0 $W_SGI 0 0 \ + $W_SRCADDR $W_DSTADDR $bandwidth +} + +wgod_start_rx() { + + echo "--> run start Rx sequence" + + calibrator $W_INTERFACE wl18xx_plt start_rx $SRCADDR $DSTADDR > /dev/null 2>&1 +} + +wgod_start() { + calibrator $W_INTERFACE plt power_mode on + + wget_set_channel + + case $W_TESTMODE in + 1) wgod_start_tx;; + 2) wgod_start_rx;; + esac +} + +if [ $# -le 0 ]; then + usage +fi + +while getopts a:b:c:d:g:hi:r:s:t: OPT; do + case $OPT in + a) W_ANTENNA=$OPTARG;; + b) W_BANDWIDTH=$OPTARG;; + c) W_CHANNEL=$OPTARG;; + d) W_DSTADDR="$OPTARG";; + g) W_SGI="$OPTARG";; + h) usage;; + i) W_INTERFACE="$OPTARG";; + p) W_POWER=$OPTARG;; + r) W_RATE=$OPTARG;; + s) W_SRCADDR="$OPTARG";; + t) W_TESTMODE=$OPTARG;; + + *) usage;; + esac +done +shift $(expr $OPTIND - 1) + +wgod_stop +if [ "$1" != "start" ]; then + exit 0 +fi + +wgod_start diff --git a/recipes-testing/ti-wl18xx-calibrator/ti-wl18xx-calibrator_git.bb b/recipes-testing/ti-wl18xx-calibrator/ti-wl18xx-calibrator_git.bb new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f0f43fd --- /dev/null +++ b/recipes-testing/ti-wl18xx-calibrator/ti-wl18xx-calibrator_git.bb @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +SUMMARY = "TI wl18xx calibrator tool" +DESCRIPTION = "TI wl18xx calibrator tool" +LICENSE = "BSD" +LIC_FILES_CHKSUM = "file://COPYING;md5=4725015cb0be7be389cf06deeae3683d" + +SRC_URI = "git://git.ti.com/git/wilink8-wlan/18xx-ti-utils.git;protocol=http \ + file://wgod-ng \ + file://btgod-ng \ + file://0001-FIX-port-to-OE.patch \ + " + +PV = "1.0+git${SRCPV}" +SRCREV = "87af888fe6f7b8fa5926a38a752f65451afe5f24" + +inherit pkgconfig + +S = "${WORKDIR}/git" + +DEPENDS = "libnl-tiny" + +LDFLAGS += " -Wl,--gc-sections -flto" + +export CROSS_COMPILE = "${TARGET_PREFIX}" + +EXTRA_OEMAKE = " \ + CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} -I${STAGING_DIR_TARGET}/usr/include/libnl-tiny -DCONFIG_LIBNL20 -D_GNU_SOURCE -DCONFIG_LIBNL_TINY -ffunction-sections -fdata-sections" \ + LDFLAGS="${LDFLAGS} -L${STAGING_LIBDIR} -Wl,--gc-sections -flto" \ + LIBS="${LIBS} -lnl-tiny" \ + CC="${CC}" \ + NLVER=2" \ + NL1FOUND="" NL2FOUND=Y \ + NLLIBNAME="libnl-tiny" + +#export EXTRA_OEMAKE = " \ +# ${CFLAGS} \ +# -I${STAGING_DIR_TARGET}/usr/include/libnl-tiny \ +# -lnl-tiny \ +# -DCONFIG_LIBNL20 \ +# -DCONFIG_LIBNL_TINY \ +# -D_GNU_SOURCE \ +#" + +do_install () { + install -d ${D}${bindir} + install -m 755 ${S}/calibrator ${D}${bindir}/. + install -m 755 ${WORKDIR}/wgod-ng ${D}${bindir}/. + install -m 755 ${WORKDIR}/btgod-ng ${D}${bindir}/. +} + +FILES_${PN} += "${bindir}/*"